98.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
10 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
11 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
12 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
13 of SE Netway Communications.
14 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
15 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
16 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
17 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
18 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
19 Bosserman of EarthLink.
20 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
21 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
22 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
23 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
24 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
25 University College.
26 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
27 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
28 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
29 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
30 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
31 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
32 University at Albany.
33 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
34 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
35 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
36 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
37 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
38 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
39 Portability:
40 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
41 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
42 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
43 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
44 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
45 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
46 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
47 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
48 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
49 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
50
518.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
52 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
53 corruption and other potential race conditions.
54 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
55 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
56 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
57 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
58 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
59 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
60 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
61 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
62 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
63 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
64 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
65 from Kenji Miyake.
66 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
67 QueueDirectory wildcards.
68 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
69 the same map again while exiting.
70 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
71 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
72 of Tuebingen.
73 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
74 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
75 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
76 Oklahoma State University.
77 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
78 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
79 InTouch Systems, Inc.
80 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
81 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
82 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
83 Morgan Stanley.
84 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
85 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
86 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
87 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
88 from Werner Wiethege.
89 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
90 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
91 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
92 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
93 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
94 Internet Services.
95 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
96 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
97 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
98 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
99 Portability:
100 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
101 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
102 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
103 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
104 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
105 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
106 Meteorological Institute.
107 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
108 since it generates random process ids.
109 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
110 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
111 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
112 New Files:
113 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
114
1158.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
116 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
117 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
118 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
119 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
120 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
121 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
122 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
123 communications consulting gmbh.
124 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
125 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
126 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
127 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
128 connection came in from the command line.
129 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
130 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
131 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
132 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
133 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
134 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
135 when they were committed.
136 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
137 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
138 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
139 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
140 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
141 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
142 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
143 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
144 University.
145 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
146 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
147 accept() completes.
148 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
149 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
150 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
151 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
152 Wellcome.
153 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
154 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
155 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
156 University.
157 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
158 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
159 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
160 University of New Brunswick.
161 Portability:
162 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
163 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
164 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
165 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
166 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
167 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
168 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
169 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
170 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
171 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
172 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
173 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
174 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
175 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
176 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
177 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
178 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
179 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
180 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
181 Institute.
182 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
183 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
184 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
185 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
186 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
187 Renamed Files:
188 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
189
1908.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
191 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
192 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
193 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
194 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
195 Schools" project (IdS).
196 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
197 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
198 be enabled by compiling with:
199 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
200 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
201 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
202 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
203 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
204 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
205 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
206 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
207 Colby College.
208 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
209 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
210 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
211 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
212 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
213 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
214 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
215 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
216 NxNetworks, Inc.
217 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
218 client name.
219 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
220 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
221 the Universitat Regensburg.
222 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
223 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
224 University of Arizona.
225 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
226 of Collective Technologies.
227 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
228 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
229 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
230 Engineering.
231 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
232 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
233 Meteorological Institute.
234 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
235 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
236 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
237 Meteorological Institute.
238 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
239 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
240 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
241 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
242 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
243 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
244 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
245 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
246 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
247 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
248 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
249 overall connections, not the number of connections per
250 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
251 counting.
252 Portability:
253 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
254 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
255 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
256 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
257 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
258 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
259 Rosenman.
260 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
261 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
262 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
263 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
264 of Pacific Access.
265 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
266 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
267 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
268 Microsystems.
269 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
270 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
271 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
272 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
273 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
274 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
275 implicitly assume canonical host names.
276 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
277 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
278 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
279 Virginia Tech.
280 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
281 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
282 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
283 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
284 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
285 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
286 gmbh.
287 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
288 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
289 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
290 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
291 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
292 of Kyoto University.
293 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
294 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
295 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
296 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
297 version.
298 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
299 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
300 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
301 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
302 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
303 or *-owner.
304 New Files:
305 cf/ostype/aix5.m4
306 contrib/buildvirtuser
307 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
308
3098.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
310 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
311 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
312 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
313 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
314 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
315 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
316 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
317 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
318 wildcards.
319 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
320 process may close the connection before the child process
321 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
322 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
323 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
324 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
325 read the LDAP secret from a file.
326 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
327 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
328 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
329 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
330 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
331 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
332 of EarthLink.
333 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
334 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
335 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
336 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
337 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
338 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
339 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
340 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
341 Fournier of Acadia University.
342 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
343 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
344 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
345 one of the others may be able to take over.
346 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
347 previous load average query result.
348 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
349 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
350 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
351 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
352 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
353 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
354 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
355 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
356 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
357 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
358 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
359 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
360 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
361 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
362 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
363 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
364 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
365 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
366 University of British Columbia.
367 Portability:
368 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
369 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
370 override the setting. Suggested by
371 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
372 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
373 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
374 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
375 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
376 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
377 College.
378 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
379 Tom Moore of NCR.
380 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
381 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
382 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
383 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
384 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
385 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
386 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
387 Consulting.
388 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
389 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
390 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
391 errors in the MAIL address.
392 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
393 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
394 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
395 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
396 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
397 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
398 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
399 Ericsson.
400 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
401 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
402 mailer as described in cf/README.
403 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
404 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
405 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
406 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
407 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
408 sendmail.
409 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
410 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
411 Meteorological Institute.
412 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
413 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
414 dot as the only character on the line.
415 New Files:
416 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
417
4188.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
419 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
420 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
421 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
422 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
423 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
424 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
425 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
426 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
427 it populates. It is possible that some broken
428 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
429 Systems in this category should compile with
430 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
431 system and report broken implementations to
432 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
433 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
434 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
435 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
436 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
437 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
438 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
439 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
440 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
441 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
442 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
443 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
444 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
445 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
446 random data.
447 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
448 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
449 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
450 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
451 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
452 Martin of CMU.
453 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
454 strength factor.
455 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
456 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
457 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
458 of CMU.
459 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
460 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
461 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
462 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
463 documented, unless a family is specified in a
464 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
465 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
466 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
467 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
468 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
469 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
470 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
471 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
472 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
473 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
474 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
475 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
476 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
477 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
478 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
479 of Sun Microsystems.
480 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
481 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
482 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
483 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
484 the incoming information in the queue file for later
485 delivery attempts.
486 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
487 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
488 smoe.org.
489 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
490 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
491 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
492 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
493 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
494 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
495 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
496 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
497 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
498 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
499 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
500 Hedeland of Ericsson.
501 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
502 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
503 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
504 of Northern Illinois University.
505 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
506 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
507 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
508 to kilobyte units.
509 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
510 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
511 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
512 Polytechnic.
513 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
514 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
515 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
516 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
517 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
518 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
519 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
520 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
521 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
522 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
523 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
524 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
525 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
526 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
527 G. Thomas Consulting.
528 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
529 port number (113).
530 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
531 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
532 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
533 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
534 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
535 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
536 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
537 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
538 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
539 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
540 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
541 University of Mainz.
542 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
543 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
544 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
545 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
546 Portability:
547 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
548 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
549 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
550 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
551 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
552 work properly causing problems if the accept()
553 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
554 from Tom Moore of NCR.
555 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
556 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
557 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
558 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
559 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
560 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
561 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
562 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
563 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
564 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
565 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
566 confCACERT CACERTFile
567 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
568 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
569 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
570 confRAND_FILE RandFile
571 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
572 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
573 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
574 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
575 cf/README for more information.
576 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
577 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
578 called due to a STARTTLS command.
579 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
580 instead of temporary.
581 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
582 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
583 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
584 Consulting.
585 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
586 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
587 RootsWeb.com.
588 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
589 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
590 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
591 University of Maryland.
592 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
593 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
594 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
595 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
596 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
597 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
598 of the University of Alberta.
599 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
600 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
601 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
602 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
603 of X.509 certificates.
604 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
605 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
606 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
607 Universitat Regensburg.
608 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
609 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
610 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
611 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
612 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
613 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
614 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
615 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
616 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
617 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
618 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
619 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
620 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
621 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
622 University.
623 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
624 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
625 links.
626 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
627 reported.
628 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
629 Denman Tire Corporation.
630 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
631 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
632 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
633 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
634 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
635 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
636 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
637 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
638 have a From line.
639 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
640 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
641 Added Files:
642 cf/ostype/darwin.m4
643 contrib/cidrexpand
644 contrib/link_hash.sh
645 contrib/movemail.conf
646 contrib/movemail.pl
647 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
648 test/t_snprintf.c
649
6508.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
651 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
652 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
653 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
654 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
655 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
656 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
657 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
658 Added Files:
659 test/t_setuid.c
660
6618.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
662 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
663 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
664 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
665 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
666 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
667 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
668 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
669 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
670 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
671 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
672 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
673 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
674 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
675 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
676 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
677 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
678 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
679 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
680 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
681 or higher.
682 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
683 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
684 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
685 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
686 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
687 Polytechnic Institute.
688 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
689 discards the message.
690 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
691 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
692 attempted to the alias.
693 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
694 flag options.
695 Portability:
696 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
697 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
698 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
699 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
700 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
701 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
702 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
703 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
704 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
705 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
706 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
707 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
708 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
709 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
710 Services, LLC.
711 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
712 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
713 Courtesan Consulting.
714 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
715 Siemens Business Services.
716 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
717 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
718 of WSRCC.
719 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
720 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
721 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
722 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
723 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
724 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
725 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
726 of NEC.
727 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
728 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
729 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
730 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
731 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
732 Virginia Tech.
733 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
734 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
735 University.
736 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
737 for other internal projects but included in the open source
738 release.
739 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
740 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
741 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
742 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
743 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
744 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
745 Sendmail.
746 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
747 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
748 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
749 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
750 as SFF_NOWRFILES.
751 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
752 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
753 Northern Illinois University.
754 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
755 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
756 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
757 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
758 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
759 Polytechnique de Montreal.
760 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
761 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
762 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
763 Added Files:
764 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
765 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
766 Deleted Files:
767 contrib/converting.sun.configs
768 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
769 doc/intro
770 doc/usenix
771 doc/changes
772
7738.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
774 *************************************************************
775 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
776 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
777 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
778 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
779 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
780 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
781 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
782 * coach, and a friend. *
783 * *
784 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
785 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
786 * Julie, we miss you! *
787 *************************************************************
788 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
789 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
790 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
791 symbolic link target.
792 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
793 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
794 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
795 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
796 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
797 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
798 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
799 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
800 version of sendmail.
801 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
802 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
803 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
804 (IdS).
805 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
806 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
807 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
808 for easier code sharing among the programs.
809 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
810 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
811 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
812 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
813 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
814 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
815 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
816 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
817 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
818 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
819 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
820 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
821 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
822 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
823 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
824 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
825 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
826 now listen on several different ports. Use:
827 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
828 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
829 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
830 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
831 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
832 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
833 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
834 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
835 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
836 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
837 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
838 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
839 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
840 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
841 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
842 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
843 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
844 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
845 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
846 accordingly.
847 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
848 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
849 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
850 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
851 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
852 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
853 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
854 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
855 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
856 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
857 InCert Software.
858 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
859 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
860 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
861 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
862 a control socket request.
863 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
864 settings:
865 Timeout.resolver.retrans
866 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
867 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
868 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
869 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
870 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
871 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
872 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
873 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
874 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
875 delivery attempt.
876 Timeout.resolver.retry
877 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
878 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
879 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
880 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
881 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
882 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
883 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
884 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
885 query for all resolver lookups except the first
886 delivery attempt.
887 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
888 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
889 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
890 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
891 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
892 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
893 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
894 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
895 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
896 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
897 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
898 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
899 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
900 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
901 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
902 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
903 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
904 Telecommunications Ltd.
905 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
906 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
907 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
908 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
909 Inc.
910 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
911 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
912 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
913 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
914 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
915 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
916 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
917 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
918 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
919 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
920 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
921 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
922 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
923 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
924 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
925 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
926 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
927 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
928 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
929 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
930 Ltd.
931 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
932 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
933 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
934 example mailer might be:
935 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
936 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
937 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
938 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
939 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
940 instead.
941 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
942 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
943 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
944 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
945 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
946 flags.
947 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
948 body of the original message on delivery status
949 notifications.
950 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
951 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
952 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
953 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
954 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
955 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
956 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
957 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
958 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
959 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
960 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
961 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
962 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
963 Conwell of Boston University.
964 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
965 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
966 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
967 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
968 @Home Network.
969 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
970 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
971 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
972 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
973 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
974 similar to check_rcpt etc.
975 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
976 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
977 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
978 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
979 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
980 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
981 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
982 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
983 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
984 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
985 Mathias Herberts.
986 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
987 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
988 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
989 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
990 in check_compat).
991 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
992 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
993 option.
994 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
995 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
996 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
997 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
998 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
999 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
1000 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
1001 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
1002 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
1003 is set.
1004 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
1005 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
1006 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
1007 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
1008 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
1009 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
1010 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
1011 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
1012 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
1013 a denial-of-service attack.
1014 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
1015 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
1016 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
1017 overflow attacks.
1018 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
1019 alias recursion.
1020 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
1021 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
1022 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
1023 directly before the newline.
1024 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
1025 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
1026 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
1027 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
1028 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
1029 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
1030 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
1031 could not be opened.
1032 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
1033 value of this option is macro expanded.
1034 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
1035 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
1036 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
1037 (along with the already existing macros):
1038 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
1039 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
1040 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
1041 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
1042 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
1043 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
1044 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
1045 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
1046 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
1047 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
1048 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
1049 loopback net.
1050 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
1051 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
1052 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
1053 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
1054 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
1055 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
1056 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
1057 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
1058 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
1059 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
1060 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
1061 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
1062 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
1063 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
1064 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
1065 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
1066 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
1067 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
1068 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
1069 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
1070 Ericsson.
1071 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
1072 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
1073 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
1074 of Ericsson.
1075 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
1076 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
1077 of Renaissance Internet Services.
1078 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
1079 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
1080 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
1081 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
1082 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
1083 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
1084 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
1085 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
1086 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
1087 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
1088 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
1089 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
1090 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
1091 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1092 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
1093 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
1094 equate name.
1095 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
1096 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
1097 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
1098 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
1099 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
1100 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
1101 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
1102 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
1103 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
1104 David Cooley of Colby College.
1105 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
1106 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
1107 already decided the message will be passed to another host
1108 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
1109 Buckeridge Young Limited.
1110 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
1111 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
1112 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
1113 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
1114 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
1115 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
1116 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
1117 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
1118 of Stanford University.
1119 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
1120 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
1121 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
1122 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
1123 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
1124 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
1125 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
1126 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
1127 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
1128 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
1129 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
1130 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
1131 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
1132 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
1133 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
1134 attributes found in the match will be returned.
1135 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
1136 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
1137 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
1138 comma separated key and value strings.
1139 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
1140 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
1141 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
1142 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
1143 a single connection to that host.
1144 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
1145 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
1146 LDAP lookups.
1147 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
1148 resources.
1149 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
1150 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
1151 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
1152 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
1153 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
1154 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
1155 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
1156 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
1157 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
1158 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
1159 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
1160 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
1161 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
1162 with the name "*".
1163 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
1164 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
1165 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
1166 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
1167 matches to return.
1168 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
1169 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
1170 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
1171 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
1172 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
1173 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
1174 are defined.
1175 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
1176 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
1177 Tech.
1178 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
1179 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
1180 important if you have large classes.
1181 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
1182 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
1183 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1184 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
1185 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
1186 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
1187 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
1188 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
1189 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
1190 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
1191 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
1192 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
1193 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
1194 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
1195 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
1196 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
1197 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
1198 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
1199 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
1200 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
1201 determined). For single processor machines, this change
1202 has no effect.
1203 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
1204 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1205 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
1206 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1207 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
1208 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
1209 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
1210 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
1211 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
1212 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
1213 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
1214 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
1215 connection-based denial of service attacks.
1216 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
1217 10 or higher.
1218 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
1219 information (from= syslog line).
1220 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
1221 equate (dsn=).
1222 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
1223 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More
1224 information is available at
1225 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark
1226 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1227 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
1228 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1229 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1230 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
1231 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1232 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
1233 the program as the default user and the default group, not
1234 the forward file user. This change also assures the
1235 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
1236 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
1237 Popovici of DNT Romania.
1238 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
1239 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
1240 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
1241 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
1242 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
1243 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
1244 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
1245 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
1246 helpful to know the sender of the message.
1247 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
1248 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1249 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
1250 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
1251 multiple files.
1252 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
1253 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
1254 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
1255 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
1256 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
1257 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
1258 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
1259 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
1260 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
1261 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
1262 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
1263 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
1264 length before the attempt.
1265 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
1266 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
1267 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
1268 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
1269 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
1270 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
1271 host status files, not all files.
1272 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
1273 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
1274 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
1275 Wonderworks Inc.
1276 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
1277 macro map class. This can be used to store information
1278 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
1279 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
1280 of Hannover.
1281 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
1282 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
1283 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
1284 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
1285 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
1286 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
1287 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
1288 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
1289 flag:
1290 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
1291 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
1292 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
1293 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
1294 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
1295 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
1296 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
1297 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
1298 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
1299 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
1300 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
1301 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
1302 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
1303 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
1304 version.
1305 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
1306 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
1307 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
1308 if referencing a named ruleset.
1309 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
1310 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
1311 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
1312 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
1313 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
1314 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
1315 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
1316 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
1317 the University of Maryland.
1318 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
1319 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
1320 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
1321 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
1322 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
1323 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
1324 COMMANDS).
1325 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
1326 but for outgoing connections.
1327 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
1328 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
1329 a require authentication
1330 b bind to interface through which mail has
1331 been received
1332 c perform hostname canonification
1333 f require fully qualified hostname
1334 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
1335 command
1336 C don't perform hostname canonification
1337 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
1338 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
1339 h use name of interface for HELO command
1340 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
1341 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
1342 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
1343 Institutes of Health.
1344 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
1345 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
1346 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
1347 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
1348 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1349 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
1350 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
1351 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
1352 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
1353 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
1354 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
1355 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
1356 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1357 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
1358 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
1359 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
1360 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
1361 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
1362 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
1363 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
1364 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
1365 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
1366 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
1367 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
1368 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1369 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
1370 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
1371 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
1372 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
1373 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
1374 timeout.
1375 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
1376 interface address structure when loading the system network
1377 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
1378 Nanoteq.
1379 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
1380 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
1381 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
1382 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
1383 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
1384 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
1385 on load average.
1386 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1387 Northern Illinois University.
1388 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
1389 envelope splitting has occurred.
1390 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
1391 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
1392 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
1393 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
1394 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
1395 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1396 Institute.
1397 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
1398 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
1399 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
1400 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
1401 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
1402 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
1403 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1404 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
1405 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1406 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
1407 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1408 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
1409 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
1410 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
1411 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1412 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
1413 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
1414 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
1415 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1416 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
1417 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
1418 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
1419 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1420 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
1421 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
1422 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1423 University.
1424 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
1425 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
1426 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
1427 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
1428 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
1429 ruleset lines as well.
1430 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
1431 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
1432 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
1433 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1434 Institute.
1435 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
1436 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
1437 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
1438 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
1439 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
1440 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
1441 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
1442 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
1443 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
1444 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
1445 of Ericsson.
1446 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
1447 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
1448 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
1449 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1450 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
1451 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
1452 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
1453 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
1454 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
1455 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
1456 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
1457 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
1458 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
1459 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
1460 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
1461 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1462 University.
1463 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
1464 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
1465 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
1466 'sendmail -bs'.
1467 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
1468 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
1469 them in the .cf file.
1470 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
1471 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
1472 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
1473 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
1474 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
1475 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
1476 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
1477 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
1478 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1479 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
1480 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
1481 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
1482 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
1483 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1484 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
1485 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1486 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
1487 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
1488 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
1489 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
1490 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
1491 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
1492 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
1493 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
1494 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
1495 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
1496 Hedeland of Ericsson.
1497 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
1498 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
1499 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
1500 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1501 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
1502 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
1503 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
1504 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
1505 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
1506 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1507 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
1508 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
1509 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
1510 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
1511 don't fail on ANY queries.
1512 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
1513 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
1514 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1515 Northern Illinois University.
1516 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
1517 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
1518 State University.
1519 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
1520 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1521 Northern Illinois University.
1522 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
1523 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
1524 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
1525 Portability:
1526 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
1527 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
1528 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
1529 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
1530 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1531 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
1532 This allows network interface probing to work
1533 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
1534 University of Iowa.
1535 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
1536 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
1537 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
1538 name.
1539 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
1540 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
1541 Virginia Tech.
1542 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
1543 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
1544 Amsterdam.
1545 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
1546 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
1547 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
1548 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
1549 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
1550 in building the operating system. Users can
1551 override the defaults by setting confCC and
1552 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
1553 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
1554 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
1555 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
1556 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
1557 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
1558 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
1559 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
1560 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
1561 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
1562 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
1563 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
1564 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1565 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
1566 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
1567 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
1568 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
1569 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
1570 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
1571 use that value in conf.h.
1572 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
1573 BITart Consulting.
1574 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
1575 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
1576 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
1577 Computer, Inc.
1578 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
1579 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
1580 of E I A.
1581 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
1582 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
1583 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
1584 fchown(2).
1585 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
1586 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
1587 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
1588 srandomdev(3).
1589 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
1590 setlogin(2).
1591 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
1592 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
1593 Siemens Business Services.
1594 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
1595 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
1596 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
1597 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
1598 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
1599 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
1600 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
1601 Aerospace.
1602 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
1603 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
1604 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
1605 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
1606 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
1607 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
1608 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
1609 University.
1610 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
1611 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
1612 Technology Information Network.
1613 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
1614 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
1615 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
1616 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
1617 and OpenBSD.
1618 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
1619 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
1620 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
1621 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1622 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
1623 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
1624 details.
1625 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
1626 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
1627 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
1628 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
1629 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
1630 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
1631 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-id root. This
1632 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
1633 Courtesan Consulting.
1634 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
1635 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
1636 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
1637 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
1638 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
1639 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
1640 multiple times.
1641 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
1642 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
1643 with From:).
1644 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
1645 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
1646 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
1647 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
1648 new functionality.
1649 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1650 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
1651 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
1652 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
1653 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
1654 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
1655 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
1656 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
1657 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
1658 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
1659 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
1660 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
1661 confPID_FILE PidFile
1662 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
1663 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
1664 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
1665 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
1666 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
1667 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
1668 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
1669 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
1670 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
1671 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
1672 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
1673 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
1674 which takes the options as argument and can be used
1675 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1676 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
1677 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
1678 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
1679 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
1680 to "IPC $h".
1681 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
1682 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
1683 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
1684 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
1685 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
1686 value should be changed with care.
1687 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
1688 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
1689 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
1690 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
1691 complain.
1692 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
1693 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
1694 of Q7 Enterprises.
1695 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
1696 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
1697 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
1698 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
1699 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
1700 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
1701 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
1702 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
1703 of Northern Illinois University.
1704 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
1705 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
1706 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
1707 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
1708 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
1709 in it.
1710 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
1711 in class 'P' ($=P).
1712 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
1713 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
1714 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
1715 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
1716 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
1717 is added.
1718 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
1719 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
1720 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
1721 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
1722 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
1723 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
1724 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
1725 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
1726 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
1727 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
1728 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
1729 Hubert of University of Washington.
1730 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
1731 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
1732 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
1733 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
1734 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
1735 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
1736 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
1737 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
1738 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
1739 Services.
1740 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
1741 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
1742 Aerospace.
1743 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
1744 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
1745 University and Brian Candler.
1746 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
1747 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1748 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
1749 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1750 Institute.
1751 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
1752 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
1753 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
1754 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
1755 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
1756 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
1757 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
1758 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
1759 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
1760 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1761 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
1762 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
1763 Willamette Industries, Inc.
1764 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
1765 converted to <user@d>
1766 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
1767 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
1768 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
1769 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
1770 performed.
1771 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
1772 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
1773 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1774 Institute.
1775 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
1776 be accessed by their numbers).
1777 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
1778 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
1779 of an address.
1780 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
1781 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
1782 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
1783 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
1784 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
1785 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
1786 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
1787 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
1788 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
1789 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
1790 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
1791 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1792 Institute.
1793 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
1794 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
1795 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
1796 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
1797 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
1798 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
1799 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
1800 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
1801 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
1802 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
1803 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
1804 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1805 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
1806 University of California at Berkeley.
1807 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
1808 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1809 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
1810 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
1811 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
1812 Corporation UK.
1813 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
1814 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
1815 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
1816 Yale University.
1817 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
1818 be used for building.
1819 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
1820 used for a fresh build.
1821 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
1822 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
1823 ranlib.
1824 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
1825 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
1826 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
1827 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
1828 Costales.
1829 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
1830 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
1831 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
1832 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1833 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
1834 of Siemens Business Services.
1835 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
1836 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
1837 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
1838 torek.
1839 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
1840 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
1841 They should contain the C source files for the object files
1842 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
1843 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
1844 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
1845 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
1846 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
1847 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
1848 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
1849 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
1850 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
1851 are in devtools/README.
1852 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
1853 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1854 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
1855 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
1856 new variable which identifies the root of the source
1857 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
1858 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
1859 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
1860 macro.
1861 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
1862 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
1863 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
1864 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
1865 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
1866 Corporation.
1867 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
1868 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
1869 confMANROOTMAN.
1870 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
1871 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
1872 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
1873 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
1874 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
1875 Communications.
1876 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
1877 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
1878 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
1879 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
1880 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
1881 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
1882 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
1883 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
1884 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
1885 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
1886 install-strip target.
1887 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
1888 the others (if it exists).
1889 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
1890 then the default ones.
1891 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-id root. To use mail.local
1892 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
1893 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
1894 to set the S flag.
1895 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
1896 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
1897 Northern Illinois University.
1898 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
1899 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
1900 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1901 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
1902 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
1903 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1904 University.
1905 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
1906 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
1907 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1908 University.
1909 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
1910 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
1911 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
1912 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
1913 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
1914 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
1915 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1916 University.
1917 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
1918 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
1919 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1920 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
1921 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
1922 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
1923 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
1924 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
1925 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
1926 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
1927 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
1928 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
1929 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
1930 Alcatel Australia Limited.
1931 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
1932 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
1933 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1934 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
1935 timeout to avoid starvation.
1936 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
1937 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
1938 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
1939 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1940 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
1941 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
1942 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
1943 of Maryland.
1944 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
1945 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
1946 sendmail configuration file.
1947 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
1948 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
1949 option.
1950 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
1951 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
1952 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
1953 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
1954 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
1955 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
1956 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
1957 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
1958 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
1959 Corporation UK.
1960 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
1961 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
1962 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
1963 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1964 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
1965 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
1966 Institute for Global Communications.
1967 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
1968 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
1969 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1970 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
1971 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
1972 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1973 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
1974 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
1975 of the Institute for Global Communications.
1976 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
1977 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
1978 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
1979 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
1980 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
1981 Changed Files:
1982 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
1983 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
1984 which execute the actual Build script in
1985 devtools/bin.
1986 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
1987 -mandoc as they were previously.
1988 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
1989 of Build will work (unless parameters are
1990 required for Build).
1991 New Directories:
1992 devtools/M4/UNIX
1993 include
1994 libmilter
1995 libsmdb
1996 libsmutil
1997 vacation
1998 Renamed Directories:
1999 BuildTools => devtools
2000 src => sendmail
2001 Deleted Files:
2002 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
2003 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
2004 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
2005 devtools/OS/SINIX
2006 sendmail/ldap_map.h
2007 New Files:
2008 INSTALL
2009 PGPKEYS
2010 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
2011 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
2012 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
2013 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
2014 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
2015 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
2016 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
2017 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
2018 cf/mailer/qpage.m4
2019 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
2020 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
2021 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
2022 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
2023 contrib/domainmap.m4
2024 contrib/qtool.8
2025 contrib/qtool.pl
2026 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
2027 devtools/M4/list.m4
2028 devtools/M4/string.m4
2029 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
2030 devtools/M4/switch.m4
2031 devtools/OS/Darwin
2032 devtools/OS/GNU
2033 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
2034 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
2035 devtools/OS/m88k
2036 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
2037 mail.local/Makefile
2038 mailstats/Makefile
2039 makemap/Makefile
2040 praliases/Makefile
2041 rmail/Makefile
2042 sendmail/Makefile
2043 sendmail/bf.h
2044 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2045 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2046 sendmail/bf_torek.c
2047 sendmail/bf_torek.h
2048 sendmail/shmticklib.c
2049 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
2050 sendmail/timers.c
2051 sendmail/timers.h
2052 smrsh/Makefile
2053 vacation/Makefile
2054 Renamed Files:
2055 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
2056 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2057 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
2058 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
2059 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
2060 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
2061 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
2062 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
2063 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
2064 Copied Files:
2065 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
2066
20678.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
2068 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
2069 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
2070 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
2071 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2072 Schools" project (IdS).
2073 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
2074 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
2075 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
2076 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2077 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
2078 when performing the MIME header length check. This
2079 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
2080 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
2081 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
2082 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
2083 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
2084 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2085 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
2086 ExecPC Internet Systems.
2087 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
2088 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
2089 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
2090 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
2091 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
2092 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
2093 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
2094 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
2095 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
2096 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2097 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
2098 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
2099 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
2100 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
2101 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
2102 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
2103 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
2104 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
2105 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
2106 group of the IETF.
2107 Portability:
2108 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
2109 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
2110 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
2111 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
2112 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
2113 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
2114 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
2115 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
2116 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
2117 Technical University of Denmark.
2118 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
2119 Supercomputer Center.
2120 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
2121 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
2122 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
2123 of Stanford University.
2124 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
2125 between different releases. Back out the
2126 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
2127 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
2128 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
2129 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
2130 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
2131 of Siemens/SNI.
2132 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2133 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
2134 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
2135 University of Brno.
2136 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
2137 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
2138 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2139 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
2140 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
2141 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2142 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
2143 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
2144 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
2145 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
2146 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2147 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
2148 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
2149 MIDS Europe.
2150 New Files:
2151 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
2152 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
2153 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
2154
21558.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
2156 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
2157 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
2158 for a denial of service attack.
2159 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
2160 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2161 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
2162 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
2163 Corporation UK.
2164 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
2165 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
2166 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
2167 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
2168 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
2169 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
2170 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
2171 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
2172 Internet Services.
2173 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
2174 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
2175 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
2176 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
2177 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
2178 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
2179 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
2180 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
2181 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2182 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
2183 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
2184 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
2185 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
2186 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2187 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2188 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
2189 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
2190 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
2191 Internet Services.
2192 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
2193 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
2194 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
2195 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
2196 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
2197 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
2198 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
2199 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
2200 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
2201 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
2202 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
2203 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
2204 extended testing.
2205 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
2206 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
2207 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
2208 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
2209 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
2210 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2211 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
2212 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
2213 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
2214 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2215 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
2216 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
2217 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
2218 Network.
2219 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
2220 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
2221 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
2222 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
2223 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
2224 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
2225 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2226 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
2227 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
2228 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
2229 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
2230 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
2231 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
2232 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
2233 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
2234 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
2235 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2236 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
2237 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2238 Meteorological Institute.
2239 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
2240 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
2241 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
2242 Portability:
2243 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2244 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
2245 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
2246 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
2247 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
2248 reading network interface addresses into
2249 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
2250 Cal State University, Chico.
2251 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
2252 from changing the semantics of the compiled
2253 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
2254 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
2255 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
2256 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2257 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2258 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
2259 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
2260 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
2261 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
2262 of Sun Microsystems.
2263 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
2264 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2265 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
2266 of Bits Co., Ltd.
2267 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
2268 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2269 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
2270 of E I A.
2271 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
2272 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
2273 Information Center.
2274 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
2275 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2276 Institute.
2277 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
2278 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
2279 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
2280 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
2281 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2282 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
2283 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
2284 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
2285 Manawatu Internet Services.
2286 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
2287 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
2288 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
2289 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
2290 of Northern Illinois University.
2291 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
2292 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
2293 Kiel.
2294 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
2295 Dot Com.
2296 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
2297 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
2298 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2299 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
2300 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
2301 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
2302 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
2303 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
2304 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2305 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
2306 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
2307 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
2308 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2309 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
2310 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2311 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
2312 the envelope From header.
2313 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
2314 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
2315 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
2316 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
2317 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
2318 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
2319 Portal Services, Inc.
2320 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
2321 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
2322 Sun Microsystems.
2323 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
2324 New Files:
2325 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
2326 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
2327 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
2328 contrib/smcontrol.pl
2329 src/control.c
2330
23318.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
2332 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
2333 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
2334 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
2335 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
2336 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
2337 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
2338 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2339 Meteorological Institute.
2340 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
2341 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
2342 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2343 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
2344 installation commands. The man pages would still be
2345 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
2346 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2347 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
2348 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2349 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
2350 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
2351 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
2352 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
2353 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
2354 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
2355 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
2356 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
2357 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
2358 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
2359 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
2360 Flextech TV.
2361 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
2362 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
2363 DaveLtd Enterprises.
2364 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
2365 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
2366 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
2367 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
2368 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
2369 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
2370 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
2371 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
2372 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
2373 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
2374 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
2375 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
2376 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
2377 University.
2378 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
2379 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
2380 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
2381 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
2382 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
2383 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
2384 Portability:
2385 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
2386 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
2387 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
2388 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
2389 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
2390 of BSDI.
2391 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
2392 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
2393 PICT Inc.
2394 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
2395 J. P. McCann of E I A.
2396 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
2397 of TEMPEST, Ltd.
2398 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
2399 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
2400 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
2401 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2402 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
2403 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
2404 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
2405 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
2406 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
2407 would not accept @@hostname.
2408 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
2409 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
2410 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
2411 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
2412 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2413 New Files:
2414 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
2415
24168.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
2417 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
2418 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
2419 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
2420 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
2421 which need the ability to override security can use the
2422 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
2423 information.
2424 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
2425 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
2426 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
2427 world writable directories.
2428 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
2429 it is in a world writable directory.
2430 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
2431 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
2432 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
2433 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
2434 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
2435 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
2436 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
2437 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
2438 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
2439 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
2440 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
2441 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
2442 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
2443 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
2444 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
2445 default.
2446 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-id binaries
2447 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
2448 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
2449 the University of Maryland.
2450 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
2451 of Cal State University, Chico.
2452 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
2453 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
2454 current version of Berkeley DB.
2455 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
2456 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2457 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
2458 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
2459 of Maryland.
2460 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
2461 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
2462 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
2463 Microsystems.
2464 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
2465 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
2466 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
2467 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
2468 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
2469 mail.local on the F=z flag.
2470 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
2471 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
2472 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
2473 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
2474 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
2475 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
2476 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
2477 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
2478 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
2479 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
2480 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
2481 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
2482 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2483 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
2484 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
2485 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
2486 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
2487 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
2488 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
2489 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
2490 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
2491 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
2492 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
2493 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
2494 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
2495 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
2496 relaying entirely.
2497 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
2498 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
2499 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
2500 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
2501 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
2502 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
2503 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
2504 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2505 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
2506 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
2507 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
2508 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
2509 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2510 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
2511 sender for those failures.
2512 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
2513 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
2514 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
2515 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
2516 of Ericsson.
2517 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
2518 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
2519 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
2520 of Procter & Gamble.
2521 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
2522 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
2523 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
2524 of Procter & Gamble.
2525 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
2526 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
2527 of system security. This should only be used if you are
2528 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
2529 DontBlameSendmail options are:
2530 Safe
2531 AssumeSafeChown
2532 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
2533 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
2534 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
2535 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2536 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
2537 GroupWritableAliasFile
2538 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
2539 WorldWritableAliasFile
2540 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
2541 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
2542 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
2543 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
2544 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
2545 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
2546 MapInUnsafeDirPath
2547 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
2548 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
2549 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
2550 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
2551 LinkedMapInWritableDir
2552 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
2553 FileDeliveryToHardLink
2554 FileDeliveryToSymLink
2555 WriteMapToHardLink
2556 WriteMapToSymLink
2557 WriteStatsToHardLink
2558 WriteStatsToSymLink
2559 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
2560 RunWritableProgram
2561 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
2562 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
2563 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
2564 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
2565 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
2566 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
2567 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
2568 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
2569 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
2570 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
2571 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
2572 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
2573 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
2574 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
2575 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
2576 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
2577 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
2578 contrast to the success case).
2579 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
2580 of the form:
2581 HHeader: $>Ruleset
2582 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
2583 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
2584 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
2585 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
2586 from hiding their connection information in Received:
2587 headers.
2588 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
2589 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
2590 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
2591 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
2592 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
2593 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
2594 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
2595 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
2596 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
2597 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
2598 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
2599 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
2600 remote identity can be queried.
2601 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
2602 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
2603 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
2604 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2605 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
2606 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
2607 some of the details are determined dynamically via
2608 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
2609 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
2610 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
2611 the new Build method which creates an operating system
2612 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
2613 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
2614 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
2615 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
2616 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
2617 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
2618 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2619 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
2620 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
2621 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
2622 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
2623 This means that even if only one of the recipients
2624 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
2625 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
2626 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
2627 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
2628 of CNET: The Computer Network.
2629 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
2630 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
2631 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2632 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
2633 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
2634 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
2635 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
2636 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
2637 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
2638 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
2639 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
2640 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
2641 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2642 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
2643 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
2644 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2645 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
2646 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
2647 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
2648 Institute.
2649 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
2650 mail.local.
2651 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
2652 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
2653 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
2654 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
2655 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2656 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2657 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
2658 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
2659 of InfoBeat, Inc.
2660 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
2661 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
2662 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
2663 mailstats command.
2664 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
2665 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
2666 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
2667 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
2668 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
2669 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
2670 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2671 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
2672 Ericsson.
2673 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
2674 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
2675 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
2676 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
2677 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
2678 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
2679 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
2680 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
2681 Stratus Computer, Inc.
2682 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
2683 currently supported version.
2684 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
2685 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
2686 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
2687 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
2688 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
2689 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2690 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
2691 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
2692 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
2693 message in error bounces.
2694 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
2695 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
2696 Digital Equipment Corporation.
2697 Portability:
2698 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
2699 of Kyoto University.
2700 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
2701 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
2702 Maryland.
2703 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
2704 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
2705 in Finland.
2706 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
2707 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
2708 the University of Maryland.
2709 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
2710 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
2711 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2712 Meteorological Institute.
2713 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
2714 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
2715 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
2716 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
2717 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
2718 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
2719 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
2720 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
2721 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
2722 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
2723 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
2724 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2725 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
2726 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
2727 Microsystems.
2728 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
2729 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
2730 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
2731 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2732 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
2733 directory for certain programs.
2734 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
2735 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
2736 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
2737 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
2738 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
2739 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
2740 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
2741 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
2742 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
2743 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
2744 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
2745 the user to setup different .forward files for
2746 user+detail addressing.
2747 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
2748 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
2749 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
2750 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
2751 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
2752 outside your domain).
2753 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
2754 any site to any site.
2755 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
2756 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
2757 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
2758 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
2759 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
2760 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
2761 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
2762 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
2763 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
2764 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
2765 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
2766 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
2767 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
2768 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
2769 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
2770 host names only.
2771 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
2772 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
2773 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
2774 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
2775 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
2776 needed for most installations.
2777 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
2778 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
2779 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
2780 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
2781 the University of Maryland.
2782 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
2783 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
2784 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
2785 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
2786 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
2787 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
2788 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
2789 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
2790 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
2791 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
2792 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
2793 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
2794 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
2795 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
2796 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
2797 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
2798 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
2799 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
2800 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
2801 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
2802 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
2803 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
2804 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
2805 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
2806 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
2807 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
2808 above for more information.
2809 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
2810 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2811 Meteorological Institute.
2812 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
2813 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
2814 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
2815 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
2816 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2817 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
2818 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
2819 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
2820 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
2821 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
2822 MustQuoteChars respectively.
2823 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
2824 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
2825 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
2826 CMU (now of Netscape).
2827 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
2828 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
2829 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
2830 read mail.local/README.
2831 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
2832 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
2833 University of Maryland.
2834 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
2835 University, Chico.
2836 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2837 Meteorological Institute.
2838 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
2839 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
2840 University of Maryland.
2841 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
2842 such as linked files in world writable directories.
2843 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
2844 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
2845 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
2846 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
2847 Braunschweig.
2848 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
2849 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
2850 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2851 Changed Files:
2852 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
2853 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
2854 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
2855 New Files:
2856 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
2857 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
2858 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
2859 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
2860 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
2861 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
2862 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
2863 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
2864 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
2865 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
2866 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
2867 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
2868 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
2869 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
2870 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
2871 BuildTools/OS/QNX
2872 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
2873 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
2874 BuildTools/README
2875 BuildTools/Site/README
2876 BuildTools/bin/Build
2877 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
2878 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
2879 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
2880 Makefile
2881 cf/cf/Build
2882 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
2883 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
2884 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
2885 cf/feature/access_db.m4
2886 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
2887 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
2888 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
2889 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
2890 cf/feature/rbl.m4
2891 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
2892 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
2893 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
2894 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
2895 cf/ostype/qnx.m4
2896 contrib/doublebounce.pl
2897 mail.local/Build
2898 mail.local/Makefile.m4
2899 mail.local/README
2900 mailstats/Build
2901 mailstats/Makefile.m4
2902 makemap/Build
2903 makemap/Makefile.m4
2904 praliases/Build
2905 praliases/Makefile.m4
2906 rmail/Build
2907 rmail/Makefile.m4
2908 rmail/rmail.0
2909 smrsh/Build
2910 smrsh/Makefile.m4
2911 src/Build
2912 src/Makefile.m4
2913 src/snprintf.c
2914 Deleted Files:
2915 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
2916 mail.local/Makefile
2917 mail.local/Makefile.dist
2918 mailstats/Makefile
2919 mailstats/Makefile.dist
2920 makemap/Makefile
2921 makemap/Makefile.dist
2922 praliases/Makefile
2923 praliases/Makefile.dist
2924 rmail/Makefile
2925 smrsh/Makefile
2926 smrsh/Makefile.dist
2927 src/Makefile
2928 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
2929 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
2930 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
2931 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
2932 Renamed Files:
2933 READ_ME => README
2934 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
2935 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
2936 src/READ_ME => src/README
2937
29388.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
2939 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
2940 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2941 Meteorological Institute.
2942 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
2943 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
2944 Arseneault of SRI International.
2945 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
2946 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
2947 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2948 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
2949 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
2950 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
2951 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
2952 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
2953 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2954 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
2955 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
2956 River Systems.
2957 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
2958 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
2959 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
2960 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
2961 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2962 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
2963 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
2964 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
2965 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
2966 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
2967 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
2968 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
2969 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
2970 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2971 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
2972 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
2973 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
2974 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
2975 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
2976 results during a single message processing (but would
2977 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
2978 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
2979 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
2980 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
2981 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2982 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
2983 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
2984 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
2985 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2986 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
2987 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
2988 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
2989 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
2990 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
2991 and the inability to save a bounce message to
2992 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
2993 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
2994 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
2995 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
2996 Associates.
2997 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
2998 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
2999 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
3000 could cause confusing error messages.
3001 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
3002 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
3003 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
3004 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
3005 SuperNet, Inc.
3006 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
3007 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3008 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
3009 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
3010 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3011 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
3012 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
3013 dropped.
3014 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
3015 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
3016 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
3017 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
3018 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
3019 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
3020 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
3021 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3022 Institute.
3023 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
3024 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
3025 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
3026 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
3027 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
3028 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
3029 RUS University of Stuttgart.
3030 Minor lint fixes.
3031 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
3032 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
3033 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
3034 of Stanford University.
3035 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
3036 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
3037 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
3038 Portability:
3039 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
3040 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
3041 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
3042 Electronic Data Systems.
3043 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
3044 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
3045 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
3046 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
3047 loader environment variables into the loader memory
3048 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
3049 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
3050 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
3051 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
3052 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
3053 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
3054 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
3055 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
3056 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
3057 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
3058 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
3059 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
3060 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
3061 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
3062 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
3063 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
3064 Services.
3065 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
3066 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
3067 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
3068 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
3069 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
3070 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
3071 Services VAS.
3072 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
3073 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
3074 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
3075 Ericsson.
3076
30778.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
3078 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
3079 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
3080 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
3081 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
3082 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
3083 GmbH.
3084 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
3085 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
3086 of Technology, Stockholm.
3087 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
3088 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
3089 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
3090 that these routines are included as though they were in the
3091 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
3092 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
3093 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
3094 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
3095 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
3096 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
3097 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
3098 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
3099 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
3100 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
3101 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
3102 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
3103 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
3104 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
3105 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
3106 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
3107 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
3108 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
3109 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
3110 have to assume that the information is good.
3111 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
3112 open or locked.
3113 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
3114 Better handling of non-set-user-id binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
3115 errors during testing.
3116 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
3117 printed in the error message.
3118 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
3119 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
3120 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
3121 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
3122 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3123 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
3124 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
3125 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
3126 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
3127 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
3128 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
3129 runner runs during a critical section in another message
3130 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
3131 Results Computing.
3132 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
3133 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
3134 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
3135 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
3136 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
3137 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
3138 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
3139 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
3140 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
3141 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
3142 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
3143 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
3144 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
3145 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
3146 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
3147 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
3148 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
3149 simultaneously.
3150 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
3151 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
3152 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
3153 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
3154 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3155 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
3156 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
3157 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
3158 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3159 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
3160 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
3161 CSU Chico.
3162 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
3163 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
3164 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
3165 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
3166 Portability:
3167 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
3168 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
3169 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
3170 be used instead.
3171 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
3172 of Argonne National Laboratory.
3173 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
3174 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
3175 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
3176 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
3177 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
3178 in Makefiles.
3179 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
3180 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
3181 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
3182 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
3183 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
3184 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
3185 NCR Corp.
3186 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
3187 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
3188 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
3189 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
3190 Resource Network
3191 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
3192 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
3193 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
3194 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
3195 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
3196 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
3197 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
3198 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
3199 Corp.
3200 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
3201 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
3202 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
3203 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
3204 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
3205 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
3206 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
3207 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
3208 PlainTalk.
3209 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
3210 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
3211 by Harry Styron.
3212 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
3213 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
3214 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
3215 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
3216 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
3217 changed after open".
3218 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
3219 files.
3220 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
3221 NEW FILES:
3222 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
3223 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
3224 test/t_exclopen.c
3225 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
3226 DELETED FILES:
3227 Makefile
3228
32298.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
3230 *************************************************************
3231 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
3232 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
3233 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
3234 * continued sendmail development. *
3235 *************************************************************
3236 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
3237 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
3238 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
3239 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
3240 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
3241 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
3242 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
3243 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
3244 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
3245 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
3246 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
3247 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
3248 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
3249 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
3250 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
3251 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
3252 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3253 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3254 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
3255 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
3256 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
3257 another database; this can be used either to expose
3258 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
3259 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
3260 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
3261 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
3262 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
3263 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
3264 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
3265 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
3266 system directories.
3267 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
3268 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
3269 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
3270 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
3271 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
3272 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
3273 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
3274 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
3275 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
3276 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
3277 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
3278 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
3279 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
3280 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
3281 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
3282 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
3283 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
3284 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
3285 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
3286 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
3287 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
3288 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
3289 NFS-mounted filesystems.
3290 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
3291 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
3292 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
3293 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
3294 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
3295 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
3296 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
3297 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
3298 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3299 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
3300 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
3301 same host).
3302 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
3303 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
3304 from Theo de Raadt.
3305 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
3306 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
3307 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3308 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
3309 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
3310 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
3311 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
3312 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
3313 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3314 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
3315 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
3316 Microsystems.
3317 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
3318 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
3319 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3320 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
3321 too large) don't send the bogus message.
3322 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
3323 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
3324 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3325 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
3326 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
3327 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
3328 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
3329 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
3330 Shapiro.
3331 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
3332 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
3333 Sun Microsystems.
3334 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
3335 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
3336 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
3337 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
3338 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
3339 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
3340 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
3341 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
3342 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
3343 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
3344 Mercury Mail.
3345 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
3346 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
3347 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
3348 Morgan Stanley.
3349 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
3350 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
3351 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
3352 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
3353 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
3354 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
3355 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
3356 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
3357 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
3358 not be run.
3359 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
3360 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
3361 printing.
3362 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
3363 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
3364 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3365 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
3366 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
3367 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
3368 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
3369 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
3370 erroneous results during a single message processing
3371 (but would recover when the next message was received).
3372 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
3373 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
3374 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
3375 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
3376 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
3377 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
3378 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
3379 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
3380 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
3381 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
3382 address as "may be forged".
3383 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
3384 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
3385 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
3386 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
3387 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
3388 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
3389 of TwinCom.
3390 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
3391 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
3392 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
3393 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
3394 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
3395 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
3396 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
3397 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
3398 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3399 Institute.
3400 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
3401 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
3402 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
3403 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
3404 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
3405 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
3406 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
3407 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
3408 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
3409 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
3410 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
3411 book (2nd edition).
3412 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
3413 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
3414 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
3415 John Beck of SunSoft.
3416 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
3417 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
3418 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
3419 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
3420 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
3421 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
3422 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
3423 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
3424 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
3425 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
3426 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
3427 returns.
3428 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
3429 on some architectures.
3430 Portability:
3431 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
3432 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
3433 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
3434 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
3435 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
3436 of Washington.
3437 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
3438 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
3439 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3440 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
3441 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
3442 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
3443 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
3444 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
3445 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
3446 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3447 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
3448 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
3449 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
3450 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
3451 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
3452 Cambridge.
3453 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
3454 Kari Hurtta.
3455 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
3456 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
3457 IRIX Makefile).
3458 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
3459 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3460 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
3461 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
3462 Brian Candler.
3463 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
3464 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
3465 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3466 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
3467 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
3468 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3469 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
3470 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
3471 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3472 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
3473 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
3474 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3475 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
3476 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
3477 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
3478 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
3479 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
3480 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
3481 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
3482 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3483 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
3484 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
3485 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
3486 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
3487 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
3488 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
3489 was specified, even when it wasn't.
3490 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
3491 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
3492 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
3493 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
3494 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
3495 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
3496 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
3497 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
3498 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
3499 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
3500 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
3501 developers).
3502 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
3503 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
3504 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3505 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
3506 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-id root, it is
3507 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
3508 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
3509 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
3510 NEXTSTEP.
3511 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
3512 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
3513 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
3514 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
3515 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3516 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
3517 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
3518 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
3519 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
3520 for system accounts.
3521 NEW FILES:
3522 src/safefile.c
3523 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
3524 cf/ostype/irix6.m4
3525 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
3526 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
3527 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
3528 RENAMED FILES:
3529 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
3530 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
3531
35328.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
3533 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
3534 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
3535 even if RunAsUser is specified.
3536 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
3537 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
3538 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3539 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
3540 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
3541 University of Pennsylvania.
3542 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
3543 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
3544 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
3545 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
3546 was unnecessarily awful.
3547 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
3548 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
3549 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
3550 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
3551 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
3552 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
3553 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
3554 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
3555 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3556 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
3557 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3558 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
3559 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
3560 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
3561 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
3562 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
3563 Semiconductor Corp.
3564 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
3565 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
3566 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
3567 at Austin.
3568 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
3569 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
3570 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
3571 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
3572 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
3573 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
3574 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
3575 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
3576 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
3577 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
3578 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
3579 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
3580 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
3581 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
3582 Costales.
3583 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
3584 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
3585 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
3586 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
3587 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
3588 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
3589 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
3590 The current values and defaults are:
3591 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
3592 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
3593 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
3594 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
3595 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
3596 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
3597 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
3598 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
3599 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
3600 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3601 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
3602 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
3603 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
3604 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
3605 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
3606 Eric Hagberg.
3607 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
3608 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
3609 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
3610 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
3611 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
3612 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
3613 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
3614 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3615 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
3616 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
3617 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
3618 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
3619 Communications.
3620 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
3621 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
3622 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
3623 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3624 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
3625 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
3626 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
3627 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
3628 PORTABILITY:
3629 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
3630 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
3631 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
3632 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
3633 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
3634 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
3635 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
3636 (Moscow).
3637 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
3638 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
3639 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
3640 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
3641 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
3642 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
3643 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
3644 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
3645 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
3646 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
3647 Received: line.
3648 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
3649 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
3650 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
3651 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
3652 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
3653 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
3654 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
3655 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
3656 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
3657 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
3658 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
3659 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
3660 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
3661 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
3662 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
3663 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
3664 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
3665 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
3666 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
3667 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
3668 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3669 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
3670 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
3671 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
3672 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
3673 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
3674 Long Beach.
3675
36768.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
3677 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
3678 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
3679 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
3680 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
3681 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
3682 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
3683 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
3684 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
3685 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
3686 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
3687 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
3688 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
3689 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
3690 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
3691 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
3692 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
3693 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
3694 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
3695 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3696 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
3697 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
3698 Problem noted by several people.
3699 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
3700 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
3701 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
3702 by several people.
3703 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
3704 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
3705 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
3706 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
3707 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
3708 of Best Internet Communications.
3709 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
3710 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
3711 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
3712 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
3713 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
3714 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
3715 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
3716 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
3717 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
3718 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
3719 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
3720 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
3721 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3722 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
3723 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
3724 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
3725 by Roy Mongiovi.
3726 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
3727 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3728 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
3729 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
3730 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
3731 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
3732 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
3733 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
3734 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
3735 of Kyoto University.
3736 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
3737 conditions from Don Lewis.
3738 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
3739 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
3740 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
3741 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
3742 patch from Bryan Costales.
3743 PORTABILITY FIXES:
3744 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
3745 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
3746 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
3747 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
3748 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
3749 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
3750 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
3751 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
3752 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
3753 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
3754 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
3755 of Tokyo.
3756 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
3757 Services, Inc.
3758 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
3759 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
3760 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
3761 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
3762 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
3763 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
3764 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
3765 than one long one. By popular demand.
3766 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
3767 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
3768 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
3769 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
3770 of NTT Software Corporation.
3771 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
3772 NEW FILES:
3773 contrib/etrn.pl
3774
37758.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
3776 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
3777 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
3778 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
3779 best-of-security list.
3780 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
3781 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
3782 should make it clearer to people that they are running
3783 the wrong binary.
3784 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
3785 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
3786 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
3787 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
3788 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
3789 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
3790 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
3791 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
3792 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3793 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
3794 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
3795 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
3796 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
3797 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
3798 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
3799 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
3800 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
3801 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
3802 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
3803 Eric Wassenaar.
3804 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
3805 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
3806 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
3807 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
3808 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
3809 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
3810 UUNET.
3811 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
3812 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
3813 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
3814 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
3815 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
3816 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
3817 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
3818 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
3819 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
3820 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
3821 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3822 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
3823 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
3824 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
3825 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
3826 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
3827 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
3828 University of Linkoping.
3829 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
3830 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
3831 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
3832 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
3833 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
3834 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
3835 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
3836 other end.
3837 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
3838 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
3839 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
3840 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
3841 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
3842 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
3843 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3844 PORTABILITY FIXES:
3845 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
3846 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
3847 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
3848 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
3849 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
3850 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
3851 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
3852 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
3853 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
3854 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
3855 The outline of the implementation was contributed
3856 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
3857 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
3858 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
3859 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
3860 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
3861 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
3862 Earickson of Colby College.
3863 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
3864 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
3865 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
3866 Kari Hurtta.
3867 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
3868 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
3869 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
3870 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
3871 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
3872 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
3873 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3874 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
3875 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
3876 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
3877 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
3878 University of Washington, Seattle.
3879 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
3880 Polytechnic Institute.
3881 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
3882 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
3883 NEW FILES:
3884 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
3885 cf/ostype/aix4.m4
3886 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
3887
38888.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
3889 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
3890 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
3891 PORTABILITY FIXES:
3892 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
3893 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
3894 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
3895 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
3896 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
3897 CONFIG: no changes.
3898
38998.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
3900 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
3901 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
3902 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
3903 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
3904 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
3905 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
3906 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
3907 of WPI.
3908 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
3909 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
3910 Kyoto University.
3911 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
3912 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
3913 on illegal host names.
3914 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
3915 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
3916 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
3917 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
3918 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
3919 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
3920 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
3921 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
3922 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3923 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
3924 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
3925 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
3926 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
3927 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
3928 University of Leicester.
3929 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
3930 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
3931 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
3932 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
3933 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
3934 University of Washington.
3935 PORTABILITY FIXES:
3936 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
3937 people pointed this out.
3938 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
3939 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
3940 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
3941 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
3942 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
3943 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
3944 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
3945 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
3946 Softec.
3947 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
3948 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3949 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
3950 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
3951
39528.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
3953 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
3954 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
3955 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
3956 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
3957 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
3958 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
3959 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
3960 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
3961 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
3962 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
3963 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
3964 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
3965 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
3966 NSC (Japan).
3967 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
3968 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
3969 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3970 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
3971 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
3972 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
3973 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
3974 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
3975 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
3976 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
3977 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
3978 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
3979 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
3980 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
3981 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
3982 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
3983 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
3984 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
3985 printout.
3986 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
3987 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
3988 square braces.
3989 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
3990 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
3991 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
3992 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
3993 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
3994 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
3995 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3996 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
3997 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
3998 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
3999 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
4000 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
4001 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
4002 Dandelion Digital.
4003 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
4004 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
4005 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
4006 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
4007 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
4008 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
4009 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
4010 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
4011 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
4012 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
4013 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
4014 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
4015 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
4016 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
4017 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
4018 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
4019 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
4020 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
4021 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
4022 mailers.
4023 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
4024 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
4025 Myers of CMU.
4026 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
4027 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
4028 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
4029 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
4030 there should be no security implications. Implementation
4031 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
4032 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
4033 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
4034 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
4035 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
4036 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
4037 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
4038 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
4039 parameter.
4040 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
4041 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
4042 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
4043 University of Maryland.
4044 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
4045 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
4046 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
4047 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
4048 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
4049 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
4050 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
4051 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
4052 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
4053 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
4054 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
4055 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
4056 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
4057 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
4058 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
4059 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
4060 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
4061 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
4062 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
4063 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
4064 section 5.2.5.
4065 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
4066 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
4067 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
4068 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
4069 is for incoming connections only.
4070 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
4071 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
4072 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
4073 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
4074 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
4075 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
4076 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
4077 (e.g., due to connection caching).
4078 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
4079 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
4080 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
4081 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
4082 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
4083 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
4084 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
4085 that take a very long time to run.
4086 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
4087 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
4088 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
4089 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
4090 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
4091 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4092 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
4093 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
4094 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4095 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
4096 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
4097 Costales.
4098 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
4099 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
4100 Technologies, Inc.
4101 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
4102 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
4103 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
4104 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
4105 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
4106 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
4107 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
4108 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
4109 different for this case.
4110 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
4111 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
4112 of Stanford University.
4113 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
4114 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
4115 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
4116 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4117 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
4118 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
4119 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
4120 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
4121 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
4122 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4123 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
4124 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
4125 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
4126 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
4127 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
4128 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
4129 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
4130 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
4131 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
4132 Pasteur Institute.
4133 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
4134 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
4135 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
4136 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
4137 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
4138 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
4139 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
4140 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
4141 canonification.
4142 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
4143 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
4144 mailers.
4145 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
4146 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
4147 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
4148 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
4149 either of these in their configuration file.
4150 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
4151 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
4152 St. Peter's College.
4153 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
4154 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
4155 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
4156 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
4157 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
4158 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4159 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
4160 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
4161 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
4162 Costales.
4163 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
4164 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
4165 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
4166 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
4167 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
4168 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
4169 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
4170 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
4171 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
4172 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
4173 in rulesets.
4174 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
4175 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
4176 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
4177 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
4178 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
4179 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
4180 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
4181 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
4182 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
4183 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
4184 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
4185 on that basis.
4186 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
4187 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
4188 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
4189 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
4190 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
4191 Vixie.
4192 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
4193 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
4194 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
4195 See also the src/READ_ME file.
4196 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
4197 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
4198 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
4199 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
4200 two characters $, +.
4201 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
4202 debug_dumpstate.
4203 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
4204 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
4205 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
4206 valid recipients.
4207 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
4208 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
4209 noted by Tom May.
4210 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
4211 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
4212 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
4213 Beck of InReference, Inc.
4214 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
4215 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
4216 Computing Corporation.
4217 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
4218 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
4219 Internet Communications.
4220 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
4221 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
4222 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
4223 of Lysator.
4224 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
4225 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
4226 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
4227 of the University of Iceland.
4228 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
4229 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
4230 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
4231 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
4232 this change is a no-op.
4233 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
4234 Costales.
4235 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
4236 Bryan Costales.
4237 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
4238 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
4239 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
4240 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4241 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
4242 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4243 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
4244 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
4245 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
4246 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4247 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
4248 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
4249 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
4250 Jones of UUNET.
4251 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
4252 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
4253 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4254 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
4255 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
4256 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
4257 easily determine what messages are to their role as
4258 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
4259 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
4260 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
4261 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
4262 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
4263 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
4264 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
4265 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
4266 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
4267 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
4268 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
4269 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
4270 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
4271 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
4272 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
4273 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
4274 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
4275 of Stanford University.
4276 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
4277 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
4278 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
4279 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
4280 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
4281 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
4282 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
4283 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
4284 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
4285 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
4286 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
4287 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
4288 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
4289 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
4290 Motonori Nakamura.
4291 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
4292 you are not running set-user-id; this makes management of
4293 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
4294 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
4295 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
4296 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
4297 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
4298 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
4299 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
4300 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
4301 value is ".hoststat".
4302 There are also two new operation modes:
4303 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
4304 connections.
4305 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
4306 recent status information.
4307 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
4308 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
4309 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
4310 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
4311 framework is gratefully appreciated.
4312 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
4313 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
4314 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
4315 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
4316 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
4317 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
4318 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
4319 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
4320 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
4321 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
4322 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
4323 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
4324 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
4325 Costales.
4326 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
4327 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
4328 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
4329 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
4330 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
4331 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
4332 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
4333 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
4334 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
4335 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
4336 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
4337 Webmasters.
4338 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
4339 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
4340 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
4341 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
4342 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
4343 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
4344 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
4345 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
4346 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
4347 of Washington, Seattle.
4348 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
4349 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
4350 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
4351 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
4352 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
4353 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
4354 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
4355 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
4356 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
4357 Nakamura.
4358 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
4359 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
4360 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
4361 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
4362 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
4363 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
4364 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
4365 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
4366 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
4367 well constrained.
4368 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
4369 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
4370 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
4371 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
4372 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
4373 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
4374 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
4375 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
4376 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
4377 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
4378 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
4379 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
4380 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
4381 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
4382 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
4383 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
4384 Wolfhugel.
4385 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
4386 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
4387 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
4388 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
4389 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
4390 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
4391 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4392 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
4393 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
4394 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
4395 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
4396 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
4397 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
4398 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
4399 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
4400 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
4401 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
4402 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
4403 National University of Singapore.
4404 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
4405 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
4406 system can't cope with.
4407 PORTABILITY FIXES:
4408 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
4409 Atlas International.
4410 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
4411 <bicknell@ufp.org>.
4412 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
4413 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
4414 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
4415 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
4416 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
4417 Bernstein and Associates.
4418 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
4419 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
4420 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
4421 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
4422 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
4423 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
4424 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
4425 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
4426 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
4427 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4428 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
4429 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
4430 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
4431 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4432 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
4433 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4434 Institute.
4435 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
4436 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
4437 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
4438 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
4439 Employment Standards Administration.
4440 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
4441 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
4442 Jr.
4443 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
4444 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
4445 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
4446 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
4447 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
4448 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
4449 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
4450 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
4451 of the University of Arizona.
4452 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
4453 Vanderbilt University.
4454 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
4455 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
4456 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
4457 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4458 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
4459 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
4460 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
4461 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
4462 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
4463 Foundation.
4464 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
4465 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
4466 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
4467 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
4468 Myers of CMU.
4469 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
4470 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
4471 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
4472 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
4473 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
4474 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
4475 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
4476 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
4477 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
4478 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
4479 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
4480 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
4481 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
4482 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
4483 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
4484 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
4485 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
4486 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4487 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
4488 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
4489 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
4490 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
4491 info@foo.com foo-info
4492 info@bar.com bar-info
4493 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
4494 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
4495 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
4496 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
4497 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
4498 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
4499 a great many people.
4500 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
4501 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
4502 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
4503 "fax" mailer.
4504 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
4505 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
4506 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
4507 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
4508 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
4509 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
4510 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
4511 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
4512 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
4513 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
4514 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
4515 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
4516 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
4517 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
4518 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
4519 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
4520 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
4521 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
4522 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
4523 of WPI.
4524 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
4525 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
4526 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
4527 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
4528 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
4529 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
4530 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
4531 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
4532 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
4533 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
4534 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
4535 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
4536 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
4537 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
4538 by Andreas Luik.
4539 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
4540 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
4541 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4542 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
4543 Wolfhugel.
4544 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
4545 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
4546 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
4547 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
4548 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
4549 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
4550 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
4551 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
4552 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
4553 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
4554 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
4555 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
4556 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
4557 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
4558 Costales.
4559 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
4560 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
4561 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
4562 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
4563 NEW FILES:
4564 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
4565 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
4566 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
4567 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
4568 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
4569 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
4570 mailstats/mailstats.8
4571 praliases/praliases.8
4572 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
4573 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
4574 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
4575 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
4576 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
4577 cf/ostype/aix2.m4
4578 cf/ostype/altos.m4
4579 cf/ostype/maxion.m4
4580 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
4581 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
4582 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
4583 DELETED FILES:
4584 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
4585 contrib/xla/README
4586 contrib/xla/xla.c
4587 RENAMED FILES:
4588 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
4589 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
4590 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
4591 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
4592 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
4593
45948.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
4595 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
4596 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
4597 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
4598 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
4599 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
4600 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
4601 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
4602 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
4603
46048.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
4605 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
4606 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
4607 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
4608 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
4609 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
4610 and others.
4611
46128.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
4613 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
4614 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
4615 any user (except root).
4616 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
4617 version number is unchanged.
4618
46198.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
4620 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
4621 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
4622 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4623 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
4624 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
4625 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
4626 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
4627 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
4628 Costales.
4629 PORTABILITY FIXES:
4630 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
4631 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
4632 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
4633 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
4634 Stanford University.
4635 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
4636 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
4637
46388.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
4639 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
4640 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
4641 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
4642 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
4643 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
4644 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
4645 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
4646 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
4647 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
4648 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
4649 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
4650 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
4651 by Kari Hurtta.
4652 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
4653 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
4654 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
4655 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
4656 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
4657 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
4658 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
4659 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
4660 bounces when it should have requeued.
4661 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
4662 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-id bar stopped
4663 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
4664 John Hawkinson of Panix.
4665 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
4666 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
4667 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
4668 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
4669 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
4670 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
4671 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
4672 Infobiogen.
4673 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
4674 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
4675 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
4676 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
4677 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
4678 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
4679 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
4680 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
4681 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
4682 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
4683 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
4684 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
4685 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
4686 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
4687 underscores.
4688 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
4689 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
4690 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
4691 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
4692 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
4693 included even if the user did not request success notification,
4694 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
4695 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
4696 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
4697 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
4698 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
4699 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
4700 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
4701 Costales of ICSI.
4702 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
4703 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
4704 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
4705 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
4706 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
4707 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
4708 Technological University.
4709 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
4710 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
4711 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
4712 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4713 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
4714 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
4715 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
4716 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
4717 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
4718 to have the database format of the alias files without the
4719 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
4720 Inc.
4721 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
4722 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
4723 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
4724 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
4725 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
4726 University.
4727 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
4728 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
4729 Association for Progressive Communications.
4730 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
4731 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
4732 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
4733 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
4734 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
4735 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
4736 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
4737 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
4738 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
4739 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
4740 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
4741 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
4742 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
4743 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
4744 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
4745 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
4746 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
4747 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
4748 PORTABILITY FIXES:
4749 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
4750 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
4751 James B. Davis of TCI.
4752 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
4753 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4754 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
4755 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
4756 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
4757 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
4758 isn't supported on all compilers.
4759 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
4760 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
4761 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
4762 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
4763 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
4764 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
4765 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
4766 (France).
4767 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
4768 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
4769 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
4770 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
4771 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
4772 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
4773 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
4774 for different files.
4775 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
4776 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
4777 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4778 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
4779 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
4780 changes).
4781
47828.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
4783 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
4784 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
4785 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
4786 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
4787 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
4788 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
4789 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
4790 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
4791 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
4792 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
4793 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
4794 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
4795 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
4796 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
4797 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
4798 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
4799 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
4800 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
4801 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
4802 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
4803 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
4804 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
4805 results. This could have security implications.
4806 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
4807 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
4808 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
4809 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
4810 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
4811 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
4812 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
4813 Elz.
4814 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
4815 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
4816 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
4817 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
4818 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
4819 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
4820 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
4821 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
4822 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
4823 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
4824 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
4825 domain names are your friends.
4826 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
4827 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
4828 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
4829 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
4830 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
4831 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
4832 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
4833 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
4834 of TerraNet.
4835 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
4836 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
4837 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
4838 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
4839 of WPI.
4840 PORTABILITY FIXES:
4841 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
4842 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
4843 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
4844 file and SGI standards. From Andre
4845 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
4846 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
4847 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
4848 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
4849 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
4850 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
4851 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
4852 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
4853 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
4854 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4855 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
4856 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
4857 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4858 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
4859 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
4860 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
4861 Infobiogen (France).
4862 NEW FILES:
4863 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
4864 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
4865 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
4866
48678.7/8.7 1995/09/16
4868 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
4869 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
4870 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
4871 Global Communications.
4872 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
4873 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
4874 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
4875 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
4876 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
4877 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
4878 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4879 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
4880 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
4881 can be confusing.
4882 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
4883 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
4884 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
4885 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
4886 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
4887 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
4888 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
4889 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
4890 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
4891 Maryland.
4892 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
4893 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
4894 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
4895 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
4896 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4897 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
4898 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
4899 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
4900 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
4901 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
4902 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
4903 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4904 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
4905 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
4906 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
4907 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4908 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
4909 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
4910 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
4911 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
4912 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
4913 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
4914 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
4915 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
4916 Swarthmore University.
4917 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
4918 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
4919 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
4920 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
4921 ruleset.
4922 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
4923 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
4924 -d debug flag.
4925 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
4926 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
4927 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
4928 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
4929 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
4930 and the parsed address.
4931 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
4932 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
4933 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
4934 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
4935 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
4936 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
4937 recipients.
4938 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
4939 return the result.
4940 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
4941 `mapname' and return the result.
4942 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
4943 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
4944 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
4945 the header for envelope sender information and uses
4946 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
4947 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
4948 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
4949 that functionality.
4950 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
4951 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
4952 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
4953 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
4954 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
4955 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
4956 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
4957 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
4958 of Michigan Technological University.
4959 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
4960 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
4961 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
4962 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
4963 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
4964 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
4965 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
4966 or not.
4967 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
4968 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
4969 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
4970 the error message. It was especially weird because it
4971 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
4972 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
4973 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
4974 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
4975 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
4976 should have minimal impact on external function.
4977 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
4978 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
4979 O MatchGECOS=TRUE
4980 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
4981 7 SevenBitInput
4982 8 EightBitMode
4983 A AliasFile
4984 a AliasWait
4985 B BlankSub
4986 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
4987 C CheckpointInterval
4988 c HoldExpensive
4989 D AutoRebuildAliases
4990 d DeliveryMode
4991 E ErrorHeader
4992 e ErrorMode
4993 f SaveFromLine
4994 F TempFileMode
4995 G MatchGECOS
4996 H HelpFile
4997 h MaxHopCount
4998 i IgnoreDots
4999 I ResolverOptions
5000 J ForwardPath
5001 j SendMimeErrors
5002 k ConnectionCacheSize
5003 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
5004 L LogLevel
5005 l UseErrorsTo
5006 m MeToo
5007 n CheckAliases
5008 O DaemonPortOptions
5009 o OldStyleHeaders
5010 P PostmasterCopy
5011 p PrivacyOptions
5012 Q QueueDirectory
5013 q QueueFactor
5014 R DontPruneRoutes
5015 r, T Timeout
5016 S StatusFile
5017 s SuperSafe
5018 t TimeZoneSpec
5019 u DefaultUser
5020 U UserDatabaseSpec
5021 V FallbackMXHost
5022 v Verbose
5023 w TryNullMXList
5024 x QueueLA
5025 X RefuseLA
5026 Y ForkEachJob
5027 y RecipientFactor
5028 z ClassFactor
5029 Z RetryFactor
5030 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
5031 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
5032 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
5033 $l UnixFromLine
5034 $o OperatorChars
5035 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
5036 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
5037 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
5038 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
5039 specify "V6" in the configuration.
5040 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
5041 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
5042 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
5043 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
5044 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
5045 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
5046 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
5047 This requires config file support to get right. It does
5048 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
5049 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
5050 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
5051 A Addresses are aliasable.
5052 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
5053 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
5054 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
5055 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
5056 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
5057 recipient mailer flags.
5058 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
5059 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
5060 delivery.
5061 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
5062 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
5063 : Check for :include: on this address.
5064 | Check for |program on this address.
5065 / Check for /file on this address.
5066 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
5067 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
5068 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
5069 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
5070 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
5071 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
5072 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
5073 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
5074 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
5075 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
5076 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
5077 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
5078 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
5079 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
5080 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
5081 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
5082 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
5083 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
5084 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
5085 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
5086 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
5087 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
5088 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
5089 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
5090 (essentially, the full MIME option).
5091 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
5092 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
5093 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
5094 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
5095 flag is ignored.
5096 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
5097 the setting of F=8.
5098 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
5099 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
5100 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
5101 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
5102 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
5103 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
5104 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
5105 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
5106 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
5107 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
5108 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
5109 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
5110 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
5111 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
5112 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
5113 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
5114 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
5115 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
5116 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
5117 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
5118 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
5119 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
5120 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
5121 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
5122 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
5123 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
5124 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
5125 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
5126 Unicom.
5127 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
5128 fashion as the U= mailer option.
5129 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
5130 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
5131 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
5132 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
5133 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
5134 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
5135 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
5136 from Chip Rosenthal.
5137 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
5138 For example,
5139 O Timeout.helo = 2m
5140 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
5141 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
5142 set them both the preferred new syntax is
5143 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
5144 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
5145 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
5146 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
5147 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
5148 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
5149 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
5150 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
5151 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
5152 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
5153 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
5154 contribution was to make it configurable).
5155 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
5156 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
5157 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
5158 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
5159 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
5160 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
5161 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
5162 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
5163 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
5164 I/O redirection.
5165 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
5166 can be confusing.
5167 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
5168 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
5169 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
5170 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
5171 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
5172 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
5173 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
5174 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
5175 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
5176 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
5177 queue-only.
5178 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
5179 :include: and .forward files.
5180 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
5181 key field name, the value field name, and the field
5182 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
5183 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
5184 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
5185 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
5186 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5187 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
5188 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
5189 Sun Microsystems.
5190 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
5191 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
5192 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
5193 Hutton of Indiana University.
5194 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
5195 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
5196 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
5197 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
5198 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
5199 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5200 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
5201 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
5202 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
5203 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
5204 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
5205 as comments.
5206 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
5207 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
5208 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
5209 are from sysexits.h.
5210 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
5211 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
5212 Kmap1 ...
5213 Kmap2 ...
5214 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
5215 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
5216 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
5217 map2 is searched and the value returned.
5218 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
5219 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
5220 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
5221 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
5222 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
5223 For example, if the declaration of the map is
5224 Ksample switch hosts
5225 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
5226 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
5227 equivalent to
5228 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
5229 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
5230 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
5231 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
5232 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
5233 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
5234 the -m (matchonly) flag.
5235 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
5236 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
5237 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
5238 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
5239 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
5240 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
5241 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
5242 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
5243 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
5244 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
5245 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
5246 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
5247 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
5248 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
5249 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
5250 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
5251 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
5252 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
5253 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
5254 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
5255 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
5256 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
5257 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
5258 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
5259 an /etc/hosts entry reads
5260 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
5261 this change will use the second name as the canonical
5262 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
5263 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
5264 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
5265 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
5266 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
5267 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
5268 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
5269 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
5270 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
5271 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
5272 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
5273 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
5274 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
5275 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
5276 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
5277 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
5278 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
5279 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
5280 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
5281 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
5282 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
5283 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
5284 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
5285 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
5286 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
5287 much longer than the specified timeout.
5288 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
5289 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
5290 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
5291 denial-of-service attack.
5292 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
5293 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
5294 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
5295 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
5296 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
5297 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
5298 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
5299 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
5300 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
5301 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
5302 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
5303 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
5304 actually file lookups.
5305 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
5306 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
5307 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
5308 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
5309 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
5310 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
5311 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
5312 support for them has been removed.
5313 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
5314 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
5315 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
5316 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
5317 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
5318 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
5319 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
5320 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
5321 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
5322 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5323 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
5324 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
5325 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
5326 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
5327 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
5328 also improves the connection cache utilization.
5329 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
5330 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
5331 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
5332 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
5333 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
5334 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
5335 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
5336 all the time (without having the set-user-id bit set). Change
5337 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
5338 Microsystems.
5339 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
5340 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
5341 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
5342 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
5343 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
5344 option can give the network software time to establish
5345 the link. The default units are seconds.
5346 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
5347 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
5348 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
5349 Defense Information Systems Agency.
5350 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
5351 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
5352 the National Computer Security Center.
5353 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
5354 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
5355 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
5356 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
5357 the mailprio scripts (see below).
5358 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
5359 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
5360 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
5361 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
5362 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
5363 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
5364 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
5365 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
5366 University Computing Service.
5367 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
5368 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
5369 the University of Kentucky.
5370 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
5371 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
5372 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
5373 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
5374 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
5375 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
5376 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
5377 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
5378 Corporation.
5379 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
5380 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
5381 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
5382 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
5383 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
5384 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
5385 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
5386 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
5387 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
5388 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
5389 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
5390 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
5391 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
5392 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
5393 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
5394 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
5395 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
5396 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
5397 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
5398 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
5399 Communications.
5400 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
5401 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
5402 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
5403 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
5404 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
5405 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
5406 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
5407 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
5408 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
5409 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
5410 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
5411 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5412 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
5413 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
5414 on values:
5415 None Leave the message as is. The
5416 message will be passed on even
5417 though it is in technically
5418 illegal syntax.
5419 Add-To Add a To: header with any
5420 recipients that it can find from
5421 the envelope. This risks exposing
5422 Bcc: recipients.
5423 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
5424 has almost no redeeming social value,
5425 and is provided only for back
5426 compatibility.
5427 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
5428 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
5429 which will have the effect of
5430 making the message legal without
5431 exposing Bcc: recipients.
5432 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
5433 There is a chance that mailers down
5434 the line will delete this header,
5435 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
5436 recipients.
5437 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
5438 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
5439 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
5440 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
5441 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
5442 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
5443 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
5444 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
5445 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
5446 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
5447 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
5448 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
5449 For example, if you run with
5450 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
5451 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
5452 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
5453 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
5454 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
5455 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
5456 entries. For example, given the aliases:
5457 list: member1
5458 list: member2
5459 and an alias file declared as:
5460 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
5461 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
5462 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
5463 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5464 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
5465 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
5466 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
5467 Johannesen.
5468 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
5469 to be simpler and more consistent.
5470 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
5471 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
5472 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
5473 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5474 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
5475 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
5476 This may affect some people who have written their own
5477 checkcompat() routine.
5478 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
5479 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
5480 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
5481 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
5482 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
5483 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
5484 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
5485 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
5486 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
5487 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
5488 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
5489 Corporation.
5490 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
5491 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
5492 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
5493 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
5494 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
5495 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
5496 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
5497 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
5498 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
5499 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
5500 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
5501 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
5502 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
5503 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5504 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
5505 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
5506 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
5507 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
5508 the header.
5509 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5510 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
5511 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
5512 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
5513 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
5514 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
5515 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
5516 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
5517 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
5518 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
5519 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
5520 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
5521 is added between the first and second word of the first
5522 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
5523 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
5524 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
5525 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
5526 old sendmails understand.
5527 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
5528 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
5529 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
5530 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
5531 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
5532 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
5533 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
5534 data -- for example,
5535 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
5536 (romanized/less information)
5537 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
5538 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
5539 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
5540 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
5541 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
5542 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
5543 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
5544 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
5545 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
5546 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
5547 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
5548 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
5549 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
5550 Eric Prestemon of American University.
5551 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
5552 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
5553 increment on the background value).
5554 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
5555 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
5556 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
5557 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
5558 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
5559 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
5560 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
5561 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
5562 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
5563 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
5564 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
5565 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
5566 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
5567 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
5568 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
5569 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
5570 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
5571 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
5572 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
5573 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
5574 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
5575 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
5576 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
5577 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
5578 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
5579 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
5580 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
5581 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
5582 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
5583 service type is "files".
5584 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
5585 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
5586 into class "c".
5587 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
5588 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
5589 contributed by SunSoft.
5590 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
5591 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
5592 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
5593 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
5594 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
5595 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
5596 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
5597 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
5598 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
5599 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
5600 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
5601 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
5602 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
5603 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5604 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
5605 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
5606 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
5607 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
5608 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
5609 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
5610 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5611 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
5612 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
5613 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
5614 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
5615 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5616 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
5617 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
5618 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
5619 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
5620 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
5621 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
5622 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
5623 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
5624 flags.
5625 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
5626 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
5627 Motonori Nakamura.
5628 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
5629 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
5630 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
5631 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
5632 of MIT.
5633 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
5634 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
5635 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
5636 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
5637 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
5638 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
5639 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
5640 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
5641 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
5642 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
5643 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
5644 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
5645 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
5646 the make.
5647 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
5648 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
5649 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
5650 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
5651 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
5652 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
5653 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
5654 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
5655 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
5656 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
5657 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
5658 of Sun Microsystems.
5659 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
5660 is at least 50% faster.
5661 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
5662 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
5663 University.
5664 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
5665 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5666 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
5667 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
5668 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
5669 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
5670 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
5671 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
5672 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
5673 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
5674 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
5675 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
5676 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
5677 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
5678 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
5679 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
5680 Carnegie Mellon.
5681 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
5682 support.
5683 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
5684 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
5685 Global Information Solutions.
5686 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
5687 From Motonori Nakamura.
5688 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
5689 Motonori Nakamura.
5690 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
5691 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
5692 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
5693 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
5694 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
5695 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
5696 James of British Telecom.
5697 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
5698 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
5699 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
5700 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
5701 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
5702 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
5703 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
5704 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
5705 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
5706 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
5707 a bad guy can read your private files.
5708 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5709 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
5710 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
5711 University. This expands the disk size
5712 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
5713 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
5714 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
5715 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
5716 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
5717 Linux Makefile typo.
5718 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
5719 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
5720 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
5721 University, Chico.
5722 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
5723 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
5724 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
5725 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
5726 This requires adaptation of code that really
5727 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
5728 addresses or nameserver fields.''
5729 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
5730 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
5731 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
5732 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
5733 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
5734 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
5735 problems.
5736 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
5737 match all the other configuration files. Fix
5738 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
5739 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
5740 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
5741 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
5742 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
5743 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
5744 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
5745 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
5746 Wemm of DIALix.
5747 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
5748 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
5749 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
5750 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
5751 of Ohio State University.
5752 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
5753 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
5754 University.
5755 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
5756 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
5757 Mainz.
5758 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
5759 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
5760 wrong statfs call).
5761 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
5762 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
5763 University.
5764 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
5765 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
5766 Rochester Medical Center.
5767 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
5768 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
5769 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
5770 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
5771 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
5772 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
5773 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
5774 Division.
5775 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
5776 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
5777 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
5778 Durand of I.M.A.G.
5779 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
5780 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
5781 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
5782 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
5783 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
5784 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
5785 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5786 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
5787 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
5788 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
5789 of Meteo France.
5790 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
5791 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
5792 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
5793 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
5794 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
5795 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
5796 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
5797 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
5798 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
5799 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
5800 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
5801 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
5802 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
5803 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
5804 of Colorado.
5805 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
5806 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
5807 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
5808 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
5809 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
5810 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
5811 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
5812 on the file, but it should be quite small.
5813 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
5814 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
5815 giving the local administrator more control over what
5816 programs can be run from sendmail.
5817 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
5818 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
5819 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
5820 never will.
5821 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
5822 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
5823 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
5824 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
5825 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
5826 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
5827 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
5828 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
5829 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
5830 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
5831 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
5832 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
5833 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
5834 arbitrary directory -- use either:
5835 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
5836 or
5837 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
5838 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
5839 can use:
5840 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
5841 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
5842 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
5843 compatibility.
5844 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
5845 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
5846 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
5847 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
5848 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
5849 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
5850 County.
5851 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
5852 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
5853 just unqualified ones.
5854 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
5855 was never used and didn't work anyway.
5856 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
5857 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
5858 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
5859 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
5860 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
5861 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
5862 centralized hub.
5863 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
5864 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
5865 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
5866 this is expected to be another sendmail.
5867 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
5868 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
5869 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
5870 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
5871 Rosenthal of Unicom.
5872 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
5873 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
5874 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
5875 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
5876 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
5877 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
5878 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
5879 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
5880 but it is a no-op.
5881 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
5882 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
5883 as User Unknown.
5884 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
5885 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
5886 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
5887 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5888 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
5889 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
5890 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
5891 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
5892 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
5893 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
5894 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
5895 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
5896 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
5897 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
5898 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
5899 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
5900 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
5901 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
5902 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
5903 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
5904 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
5905 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
5906 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
5907 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
5908 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
5909 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
5910 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
5911 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
5912 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
5913 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
5914 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
5915 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
5916 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
5917 assumed.
5918 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
5919 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
5920 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
5921 Information Systems Agency.
5922 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
5923 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
5924 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
5925 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
5926 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
5927 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
5928 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
5929 that really can be used in the real world.
5930 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
5931 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
5932 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
5933 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
5934 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
5935 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
5936 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
5937 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
5938 by Scott Hutton.
5939 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
5940 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
5941 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
5942 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
5943 people.
5944 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
5945 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
5946 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
5947 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
5948 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
5949 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
5950 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
5951 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
5952 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
5953 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
5954 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
5955 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
5956 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
5957 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
5958 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
5959 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
5960 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
5961 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
5962 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
5963 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
5964 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
5965 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
5966 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
5967 by Kimmo Suominen.
5968 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
5969 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
5970 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
5971 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
5972 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5973 NEW FILES:
5974 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
5975 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
5976 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
5977 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
5978 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
5979 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
5980 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
5981 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
5982 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
5983 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
5984 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
5985 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
5986 cf/domain/generic.m4
5987 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
5988 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
5989 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
5990 cf/feature/smrsh.m4
5991 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
5992 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
5993 cf/m4/cfhead.m4
5994 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
5995 cf/mailer/mail11.m4
5996 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
5997 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
5998 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
5999 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
6000 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
6001 cf/ostype/irix5.m4
6002 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
6003 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
6004 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
6005 contrib/bsdi.mc
6006 contrib/mailprio
6007 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
6008 mail.local/mail.local.0
6009 makemap/makemap.0
6010 smrsh/README
6011 smrsh/smrsh.0
6012 smrsh/smrsh.8
6013 smrsh/smrsh.c
6014 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
6015 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
6016 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
6017 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
6018 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
6019 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
6020 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
6021 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
6022 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
6023 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
6024 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
6025 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
6026 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
6027 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
6028 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
6029 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
6030 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
6031 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
6032 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
6033 src/aliases.0
6034 src/mailq.0
6035 src/mime.c
6036 src/newaliases.0
6037 src/sendmail.0
6038 test/t_seteuid.c
6039 RENAMED FILES:
6040 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
6041 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
6042 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
6043 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
6044 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
6045 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
6046 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
6047 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
6048 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
6049 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
6050 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
6051 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
6052 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
6053 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
6054 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
6055 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
6056 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
6057 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
6058 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
6059 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
6060 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
6061 OBSOLETED FILES:
6062 cf/cf/cogsci.mc
6063 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
6064 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
6065 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
6066 cf/cf/knecht.mc
6067 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
6068 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
6069 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
6070 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
6071 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
6072 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
6073 contrib/rcpt-streaming
6074 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
6075
60768.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
6077 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6078 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6079 any user (except root).
6080 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6081 version number is unchanged.
6082
60838.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
6084 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
6085 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
6086 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
6087 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
6088 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
6089 each other!).
6090 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
6091 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
6092 than fork().
6093
60948.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
6095 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
6096 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
6097 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
6098 message when attempted from IDENT.
6099 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
6100 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
6101 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
6102 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
6103 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
6104 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
6105 partial lines.
6106 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
6107 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
6108 Rob McMahon.
6109 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
6110 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
6111 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
6112 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
6113 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
6114 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
6115 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
6116 Novell Labs Europe.
6117 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
6118 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
6119 Cal State Chico.
6120 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
6121 *Hobbit*.
6122 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
6123 and Liudvikas Bukys.
6124 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
6125 from Spider Boardman.
6126 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
6127 with the binaries).
6128
61298.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
6130 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
6131 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
6132 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
6133 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
6134 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
6135 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
6136 implications.
6137 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
6138 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
6139 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
6140 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
6141 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
6142 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
6143 University of Texas.
6144 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
6145 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
6146 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
6147 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
6148 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
6149 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
6150 Data General.
6151 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
6152 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
6153 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
6154 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
6155 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
6156 with a lot of arguments).
6157 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
6158 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
6159 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
6160 Michigan.
6161 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
6162 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
6163 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
6164 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
6165 Thibault.
6166 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
6167 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
6168 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
6169 some of the map code.
6170 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
6171 with the binaries).
6172
61738.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
6174 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
6175 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
6176 may have some security implications.
6177 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
6178 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
6179 Hill of the University of Iowa.
6180 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
6181 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
6182 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
6183 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
6184 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
6185 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
6186 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
6187 option.
6188 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
6189 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
6190 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
6191 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
6192 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
6193 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
6194 Rochester.
6195 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
6196 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
6197 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
6198 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
6199 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
6200 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
6201 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
6202 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
6203 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
6204 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
6205 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
6206 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
6207 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
6208 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
6209 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
6210 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
6211 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
6212 messages.
6213 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
6214 message to explain how much space was available and
6215 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
6216 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
6217 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
6218 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
6219 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
6220 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
6221 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
6222 moves things more towards what will probably become a
6223 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
6224 Kapor Enterprises.
6225 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
6226 without recompiling.
6227 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
6228 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
6229 purely cosmetic.
6230 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
6231 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
6232 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
6233 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
6234 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
6235 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
6236 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
6237 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
6238 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
6239 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
6240 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
6241 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
6242 Wolfhugel.
6243 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
6244 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
6245 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
6246 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
6247 refused" response, and that the connection can be
6248 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
6249 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
6250 size around and can never start listening to connections
6251 again. The down side is that someone could start up
6252 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
6253 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
6254 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
6255 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
6256 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
6257 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
6258 implications.
6259 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
6260 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
6261 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
6262 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
6263 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
6264 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
6265 doc directory. This includes some additional
6266 information.
6267 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
6268 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
6269 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
6270 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
6271 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
6272 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
6273 loop the mail, which was bad news.
6274 Portability fixes:
6275 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
6276 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6277 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
6278 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
6279 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
6280 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
6281 Newcastle upon Tyne.
6282 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
6283 Corporation.
6284 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
6285 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
6286 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
6287 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
6288 New Files:
6289 src/Makefile.CLIX
6290 src/Makefile.NCR3000
6291 doc/changes/Makefile
6292 doc/changes/changes.me
6293 doc/changes/changes.ps
6294
62958.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
6296 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
6297 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
6298 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
6299
63008.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
6301 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
6302 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
6303 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
6304 list.
6305
63068.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
6307 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
6308 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
6309 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
6310 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
6311 valid shell.
6312 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
6313 in the connection cache for a long time under some
6314 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
6315 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
6316 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
6317 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
6318 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
6319 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
6320 from a local user to another local user. From
6321 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6322 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
6323 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
6324 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6325 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
6326 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
6327 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
6328 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
6329 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
6330 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
6331 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
6332 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
6333 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
6334 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
6335 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
6336 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
6337 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
6338 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
6339 BSD-like system.
6340 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
6341 protocol entirely.
6342 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
6343 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
6344 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
6345 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
6346 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
6347 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
6348 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
6349 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
6350 files.
6351 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
6352 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
6353 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
6354 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
6355 of CMU.
6356 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
6357 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
6358 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
6359 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
6360 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
6361 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
6362 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
6363 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
6364 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
6365 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
6366 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
6367 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
6368 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
6369 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
6370 security implications. Suggested by several people.
6371 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
6372 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
6373 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
6374 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
6375 Motonori Nakamura.
6376 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
6377 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
6378 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
6379 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
6380 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
6381 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
6382 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
6383 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
6384 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
6385 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
6386 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
6387 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
6388 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
6389 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
6390 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
6391 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
6392 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
6393 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
6394 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
6395 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
6396 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6397 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
6398 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
6399 didn't see the class items being added.
6400 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
6401 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
6402 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
6403 Rutgers.
6404 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
6405 but sets h_errno to a success value.
6406 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
6407 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
6408 address specified in the P option). This fix should
6409 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
6410 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
6411 the problem myself.
6412 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
6413 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
6414 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
6415 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
6416 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
6417 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
6418 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
6419 UUNET.
6420 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
6421 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
6422 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
6423 John Oleynick.
6424 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
6425 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
6426 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
6427 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
6428 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
6429 Nakamura.
6430 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
6431 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
6432 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
6433 University of Washington.
6434 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
6435 don't have an ``=value'' part.
6436 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
6437 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
6438 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
6439 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
6440 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
6441 of Cambridge University.
6442 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
6443 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
6444 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
6445 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
6446 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
6447 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
6448 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
6449 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
6450 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
6451 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
6452 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
6453 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
6454 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
6455 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
6456 a chance.
6457 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
6458 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
6459 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
6460 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
6461 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
6462 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
6463 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
6464 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
6465 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
6466 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
6467 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
6468 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
6469 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
6470 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
6471 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
6472 size for various mailers.
6473 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
6474 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
6475 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
6476 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
6477 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
6478 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
6479 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
6480 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
6481 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
6482 system.
6483 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
6484 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
6485 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
6486 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
6487 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
6488 Michel of Thomson CSF.
6489 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
6490 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
6491 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
6492 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
6493 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
6494 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
6495 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
6496 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
6497 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
6498 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
6499 University of Sydney.
6500 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
6501 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
6502 This is because of the known bug where definition of
6503 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
6504 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
6505 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
6506 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
6507 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
6508 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
6509 Suominen.
6510 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
6511 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
6512 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
6513 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
6514 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
6515 Suominen.
6516 Portability fixes:
6517 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
6518 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6519 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
6520 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
6521 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
6522 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6523 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
6524 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
6525 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
6526 NEW FILES:
6527 src/Makefile.DomainOS
6528 src/Makefile.PTX
6529 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
6530 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
6531 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
6532 src/mailq.1
6533 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
6534 doc/op/Makefile
6535 doc/intro/Makefile
6536 doc/usenix/Makefile
6537
65388.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
6539 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
6540 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
6541 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
6542 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
6543 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
6544 permissions they should not have had (usually group
6545 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
6546 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
6547 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
6548 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
6549 Although this does not respond to a specific known
6550 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
6551 Christian Wettergren.
6552 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
6553 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
6554 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
6555 program by putting that in their .forward file.
6556 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
6557 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
6558 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
6559 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
6560 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
6561 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
6562 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
6563 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
6564 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
6565 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
6566 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
6567 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
6568 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
6569 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
6570 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
6571 connection to create problems on the current job.
6572 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
6573 the wrong place.
6574 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
6575 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
6576 problem that ignored the load average in locally
6577 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
6578 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
6579 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
6580 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
6581 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
6582 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
6583 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
6584 when sending error messages. This resulted in
6585 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
6586 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
6587 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
6588 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
6589 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
6590 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
6591 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
6592 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
6593 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
6594 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
6595 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
6596 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
6597 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
6598 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
6599 EX_UNAVAILABLE.
6600 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
6601 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
6602 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
6603 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
6604 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
6605 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
6606 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
6607 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
6608 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
6609 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
6610 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
6611 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
6612 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
6613 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
6614 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
6615 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
6616 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
6617 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
6618 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
6619 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
6620 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
6621 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
6622 dot convention.
6623 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
6624 of from a clean exit.
6625 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
6626 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
6627 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
6628 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
6629 as the subject of an error message, even though the
6630 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
6631 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
6632 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
6633 Jones of UUNET.
6634 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
6635 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
6636 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
6637 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
6638 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
6639 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
6640 says that they should be ignored.
6641 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
6642 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
6643 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
6644 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
6645 is not reentrant.
6646 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
6647 documented in the Bat Book.
6648 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
6649 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
6650 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
6651 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
6652 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
6653 code during some parts of connection initialization.
6654 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
6655 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
6656 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
6657 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
6658 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6659 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
6660 of Kyoto University.
6661 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
6662 From P{r Emanuelsson.
6663 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
6664 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
6665 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
6666 Bryan Costales.
6667 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
6668 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
6669 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
6670 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
6671 Nakamura.
6672 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
6673 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
6674 illegal addresses appearing there).
6675 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
6676 BB&N.
6677 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
6678 included.
6679 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
6680 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
6681 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
6682 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
6683 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
6684 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
6685 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
6686 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
6687 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
6688 by the other end closing the connection. From
6689 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
6690 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
6691 to include a host name or other useful information.
6692 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
6693 DeMarco.
6694 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
6695 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
6696 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
6697 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
6698 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
6699 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
6700 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
6701 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
6702 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
6703 this properly).
6704 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
6705 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
6706 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
6707 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
6708 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
6709 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
6710 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
6711 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
6712 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
6713 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
6714 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
6715 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
6716 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
6717 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
6718 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
6719 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
6720 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
6721 of the Institute for Global Communications.
6722 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
6723 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
6724 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
6725 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
6726 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
6727 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
6728 Portability fixes for:
6729 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
6730 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
6731 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
6732 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
6733 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
6734 of Stoner Associates.
6735 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
6736 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
6737 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
6738 of Maryland.
6739 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
6740 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
6741 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
6742 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
6743 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
6744 RISC/os.
6745 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
6746 at Chico.
6747 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
6748 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
6749 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
6750 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
6751 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
6752 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
6753 since this is intended only for internal use, the
6754 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
6755 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
6756 addresses when relaying internally.
6757 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
6758 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
6759 provided by Peter Wemm.
6760 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
6761 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
6762 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
6763 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
6764 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
6765 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
6766 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
6767 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
6768 names.
6769 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
6770 rather than letting them get "local configuration
6771 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
6772 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
6773 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
6774 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
6775 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
6776 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
6777 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
6778 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
6779 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
6780 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
6781 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
6782 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
6783 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
6784 of Georgia Tech.
6785 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
6786 Jim Murray of Stratus.
6787 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
6788 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
6789 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
6790 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
6791 the local name prepended.
6792 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
6793 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
6794 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
6795 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
6796 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
6797 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
6798 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
6799 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
6800 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
6801 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
6802 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
6803 :include: files and accounts that have shells
6804 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
6805 cause some .forward files that have worked
6806 before to start failing.
6807 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
6808 NEW FILES:
6809 src/Makefile.DGUX
6810 src/Makefile.Dynix
6811 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
6812 src/Makefile.Mach386
6813 src/Makefile.NetBSD
6814 src/Makefile.RISCos
6815 src/Makefile.SCO
6816 src/Makefile.SVR4
6817 src/Makefile.Titan
6818 cf/mailer/pop.m4
6819 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
6820 cf/ostype/dgux.m4
6821 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
6822 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
6823 makemap/Makefile.dist
6824 praliases/Makefile.dist
6825
68268.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
6827 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
6828 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
6829 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
6830 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
6831 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
6832 class of attack.
6833 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
6834 in a few critical places.
6835 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
6836 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
6837 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
6838 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
6839 and High-Energy Physics.
6840 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
6841 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
6842 Eric Wassenaar.
6843 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
6844 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
6845 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
6846 Wassenaar.
6847 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
6848 really become relevant in the next release, but some
6849 people need it for local patches. From Michael
6850 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
6851 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
6852 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
6853 these can have different values depending on which
6854 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
6855 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
6856 what uid/gid processes ran as.
6857 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
6858 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
6859 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
6860 postmaster" case.
6861 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
6862 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
6863 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
6864 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
6865 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
6866 Christopher Davis.
6867 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
6868 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
6869 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
6870 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6871 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
6872 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
6873
68748.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
6875 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
6876 addresses that get return-receipts.
6877 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
6878 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
6879 and end up sending the message several times.
6880 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
6881 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
6882 four hours".
6883 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
6884 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
6885 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
6886 Cornell University Medical College.
6887 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
6888 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
6889 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
6890 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
6891 Wassenaar.
6892 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
6893 connections fail during message collection. From
6894 Eric Wassenaar.
6895 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
6896 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
6897 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
6898 Stratus.
6899 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
6900 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
6901 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6902 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
6903 by non-root users were not put into
6904 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
6905 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
6906 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
6907 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
6908 could get confused as to whether a database was
6909 open or not.
6910 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
6911 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
6912 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
6913 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
6914 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
6915 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
6916 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
6917 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
6918 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
6919
69208.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
6921 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
6922 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
6923 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
6924 propagated to the queue file.
6925
69268.6/8.6 1993/10/05
6927 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
6928 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
6929 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
6930 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
6931 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
6932 header files but don't have the syscall.
6933 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
6934 if trymx == FALSE.
6935 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
6936 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
6937 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
6938 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
6939 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
6940 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
6941 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
6942 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
6943 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
6944 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
6945 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
6946 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
6947 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
6948 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
6949 Kanbe.
6950 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
6951 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
6952 Wisner of The Well.
6953 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
6954 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
6955 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
6956 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
6957 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
6958 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
6959 files that you should be able to read but have previously
6960 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
6961 read permission.
6962 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
6963 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
6964 MX suppression will still work.
6965 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
6966 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
6967 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
6968 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
6969 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
6970 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
6971 Nakamura.
6972 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
6973 "CX $Z" works.
6974 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
6975 trying to send the original message if the connection
6976 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
6977 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
6978 by John Myers of CMU.
6979 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
6980 term bug.
6981 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
6982 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
6983 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
6984 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
6985 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
6986 queue interval. This is an important fix.
6987 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
6988 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
6989 ruleset testing a bit easier.
6990 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
6991 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
6992 level.
6993 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
6994 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
6995 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
6996 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
6997 address.
6998 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
6999 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
7000 Harvey Mudd College.
7001 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
7002 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
7003 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
7004 their full name information.
7005 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
7006 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
7007 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
7008 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
7009 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
7010 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
7011 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
7012 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
7013 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7014 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
7015 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
7016 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
7017 PC TCP/IP implementations.
7018 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
7019 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
7020 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
7021 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
7022 names.
7023 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
7024 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
7025 helpful.
7026 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
7027 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
7028 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
7029 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7030 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
7031 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
7032 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
7033 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
7034 that claims to be itself works properly.
7035 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
7036 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
7037 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
7038 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
7039 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
7040 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
7041 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7042 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
7043 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
7044 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
7045 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
7046 scratch.
7047 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
7048 true address to still send to the original address
7049 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
7050 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
7051 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
7052 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
7053 more trouble than it was worth.
7054 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
7055 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
7056 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
7057 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
7058 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
7059 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
7060 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
7061 the queue.
7062 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
7063 messages don't come out with stale information.
7064 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
7065 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
7066 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
7067 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
7068 Myers of CMU.
7069 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
7070 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
7071 Corrigan.
7072 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
7073 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
7074 sender address.
7075 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
7076 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
7077 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
7078 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
7079 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
7080 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
7081 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
7082 that does bulk data transfer).
7083 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
7084 Amir Plivatsky.
7085 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
7086 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
7087 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
7088 bogus config files that were not caught.
7089 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
7090 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
7091 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
7092 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
7093 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
7094 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
7095 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
7096 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
7097 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
7098 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
7099 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
7100 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
7101 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
7102 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
7103 opened or if running with no database format defined.
7104 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
7105 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7106 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
7107 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
7108 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
7109 Melbourne.
7110 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
7111 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
7112 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
7113 to match regular entries.
7114 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
7115 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
7116 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
7117 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
7118 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
7119 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
7120 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7121 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
7122 error message so that the "subject" line of return
7123 messages is the best possible.
7124 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
7125 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
7126 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
7127 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
7128 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
7129 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
7130 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
7131 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
7132 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
7133 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
7134 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
7135 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
7136 on the address.
7137 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
7138 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
7139 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
7140 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
7141 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
7142 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
7143 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
7144 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
7145 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
7146 addresses in any detail.
7147 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
7148 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
7149 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
7150 with an address such as "!foo".
7151 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
7152 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
7153 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
7154 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
7155 Bret Marquis.
7156
71578.5/8.5 1993/07/23
7158 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
7159 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
7160 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
7161 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
7162 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
7163 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
7164 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
7165 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
7166 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
7167 Nakamura.
7168 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
7169 are no DNS records matching the name.
7170 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
7171 original message was received ... from localhost".
7172 The correct original host information is now included.
7173 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
7174 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
7175 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
7176 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
7177 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
7178 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
7179 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
7180 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
7181 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
7182 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
7183 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
7184 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
7185 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
7186
71878.4/8.4 1993/07/22
7188 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
7189 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
7190 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
7191 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
7192 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
7193 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
7194 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
7195 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
7196 are really configuration errors. This option is
7197 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
7198 UIUC sendmail.
7199 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
7200 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
7201 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
7202 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
7203 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
7204 by Neil Rickert.
7205 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
7206 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
7207 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
7208 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
7209 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
7210 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
7211 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
7212 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
7213 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
7214 of dickering with error handling (see below).
7215 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
7216 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
7217 humans.
7218 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
7219 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
7220 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
7221 repaired).
7222 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
7223 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
7224 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
7225 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
7226 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
7227 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
7228 connection rather than sending QUIT.
7229 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
7230 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
7231 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
7232 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
7233 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
7234 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
7235 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
7236 core dumps on some machines.
7237 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
7238 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
7239 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
7240 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
7241 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
7242 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
7243 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
7244 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
7245 some true error conditions.
7246 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
7247 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
7248 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
7249 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
7250 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
7251 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
7252 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
7253 by Motonori Nakamura.
7254 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
7255 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
7256 caused error messages to be handled differently during
7257 a queue run than a direct run.
7258 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
7259 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
7260 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
7261 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
7262 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
7263 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
7264 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
7265 restart it.
7266 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
7267 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
7268 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
7269 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
7270 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
7271 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
7272 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
7273 is appropriately functional.
7274 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
7275 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
7276 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
7277 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
7278 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
7279 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
7280 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
7281 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
7282 Technologies.
7283 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
7284 process group id. The original fix was to get around
7285 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
7286 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
7287 different from the process id. I could try to fix
7288 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
7289 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
7290 things.
7291 Portability changes:
7292 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
7293 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
7294 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
7295 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
7296 of Colorado.
7297 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
7298 help other strict ANSI compilers.
7299 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
7300 Corporation.
7301 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
7302 documentation apparently doesn't define
7303 __STDC__ by default).
7304 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7305 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
7306 Motonori Nakamura.
7307 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
7308 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
7309 several people have made a good argument that this
7310 creates more problems than it solves (although this
7311 may prove painful in the short run).
7312 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
7313 format.
7314 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
7315 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
7316 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
7317 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
7318 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
7319 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
7320 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
7321 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
7322 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
7323 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
7324 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
7325 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7326 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
7327 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
7328 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
7329 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
7330 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
7331 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
7332 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
7333 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
7334 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
7335 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
7336 environments. Ugly as sin.
7337
73388.3/8.3 1993/07/13
7339 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
7340 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
7341 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
7342 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
7343 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
7344 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
7345 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
7346 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
7347 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
7348 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
7349 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
7350 "user friendly".
7351 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
7352 16 bytes/sec.
7353 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
7354 compatibility library. This also adds a new
7355 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
7356 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
7357 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
7358 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
7359 for quick test cases.
7360 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
7361 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
7362 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
7363 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
7364 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
7365 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
7366 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
7367 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
7368 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
7369 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
7370 From Michael Corrigan.
7371 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
7372 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
7373 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
7374 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
7375 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
7376 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
7377 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
7378 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
7379 Christophe Wolfhugel.
7380 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
7381
73828.2/8.2 1993/07/11
7383 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
7384 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
7385 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
7386 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
7387 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
7388 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
7389 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
7390 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
7391 from Bill Wisner.
7392 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
7393 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
7394 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
7395 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
7396 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
7397 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
7398 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
7399 match the other flags in that file.
7400 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
7401 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
7402 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
7403 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
7404 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
7405 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
7406 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
7407 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
7408 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
7409 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
7410 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
7411 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
7412 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
7413 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
7414 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
7415 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
7416 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
7417 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
7418 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
7419 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
7420 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
7421 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
7422 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
7423 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
7424 the root and directories leading up to your home);
7425 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
7426 be owned by you.
7427 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
7428 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
7429 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
7430 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
7431 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
7432 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
7433 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
7434 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
7435 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
7436 is separate; this is just intended to work around
7437 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
7438 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
7439 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
7440 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
7441 matching without a null it never tries again with a
7442 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
7443 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
7444 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
7445 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
7446 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
7447 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
7448 it adapts.
7449 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
7450 will insert the appropriate full name information;
7451 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
7452 way.
7453 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
7454 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
7455 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
7456 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
7457 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
7458 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
7459 only happen when there has been another error in the
7460 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
7461 by default in conf.h.
7462 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
7463 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
7464 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
7465 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
7466 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
7467 This output is not intended to be particularly human
7468 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
7469 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
7470 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
7471 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
7472 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
7473 See cf/README for an example.
7474 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
7475 sites that don't use the -d flag.
7476 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
7477 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
7478 has been requested by several people, but can break
7479 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
7480 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
7481 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
7482 broken. Use it sparingly.
7483 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
7484 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
7485 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
7486 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
7487 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
7488 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
7489 Bill Wisner of The Well.
7490 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
7491 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
7492 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
7493
74948.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
7495 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
7496 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
7497 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
7498 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
7499 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
7500 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
7501
75028.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
7503 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
7504 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
7505 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
7506
75078.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
7508 Another mailertable fix....
7509
75108.1/8.1 1993/06/07
7511 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.
| 248.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
25 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
26 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
27 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
28 of SE Netway Communications.
29 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
30 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
31 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
32 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
33 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
34 Bosserman of EarthLink.
35 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
36 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
37 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
38 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
39 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
40 University College.
41 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
42 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
43 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
44 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
45 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
46 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
47 University at Albany.
48 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
49 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
50 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
51 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
52 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
53 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
54 Portability:
55 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
56 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
57 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
58 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
59 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
60 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
61 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
62 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
63 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
64 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
65
668.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
67 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
68 corruption and other potential race conditions.
69 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
70 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
71 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
72 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
73 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
74 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
75 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
76 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
77 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
78 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
79 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
80 from Kenji Miyake.
81 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
82 QueueDirectory wildcards.
83 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
84 the same map again while exiting.
85 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
86 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
87 of Tuebingen.
88 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
89 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
90 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
91 Oklahoma State University.
92 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
93 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
94 InTouch Systems, Inc.
95 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
96 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
97 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
98 Morgan Stanley.
99 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
100 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
101 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
102 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
103 from Werner Wiethege.
104 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
105 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
106 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
107 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
108 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
109 Internet Services.
110 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
111 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
112 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
113 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
114 Portability:
115 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
116 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
117 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
118 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
119 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
120 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
121 Meteorological Institute.
122 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
123 since it generates random process ids.
124 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
125 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
126 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
127 New Files:
128 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
129
1308.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
131 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
132 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
133 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
134 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
135 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
136 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
137 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
138 communications consulting gmbh.
139 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
140 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
141 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
142 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
143 connection came in from the command line.
144 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
145 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
146 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
147 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
148 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
149 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
150 when they were committed.
151 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
152 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
153 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
154 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
155 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
156 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
157 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
158 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
159 University.
160 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
161 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
162 accept() completes.
163 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
164 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
165 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
166 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
167 Wellcome.
168 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
169 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
170 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
171 University.
172 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
173 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
174 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
175 University of New Brunswick.
176 Portability:
177 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
178 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
179 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
180 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
181 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
182 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
183 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
184 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
185 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
186 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
187 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
188 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
189 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
190 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
191 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
192 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
193 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
194 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
195 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
196 Institute.
197 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
198 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
199 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
200 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
201 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
202 Renamed Files:
203 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
204
2058.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
206 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
207 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
208 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
209 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
210 Schools" project (IdS).
211 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
212 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
213 be enabled by compiling with:
214 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
215 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
216 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
217 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
218 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
219 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
220 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
221 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
222 Colby College.
223 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
224 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
225 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
226 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
227 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
228 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
229 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
230 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
231 NxNetworks, Inc.
232 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
233 client name.
234 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
235 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
236 the Universitat Regensburg.
237 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
238 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
239 University of Arizona.
240 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
241 of Collective Technologies.
242 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
243 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
244 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
245 Engineering.
246 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
247 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
248 Meteorological Institute.
249 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
250 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
251 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
252 Meteorological Institute.
253 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
254 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
255 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
256 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
257 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
258 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
259 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
260 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
261 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
262 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
263 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
264 overall connections, not the number of connections per
265 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
266 counting.
267 Portability:
268 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
269 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
270 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
271 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
272 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
273 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
274 Rosenman.
275 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
276 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
277 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
278 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
279 of Pacific Access.
280 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
281 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
282 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
283 Microsystems.
284 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
285 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
286 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
287 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
288 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
289 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
290 implicitly assume canonical host names.
291 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
292 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
293 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
294 Virginia Tech.
295 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
296 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
297 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
298 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
299 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
300 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
301 gmbh.
302 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
303 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
304 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
305 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
306 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
307 of Kyoto University.
308 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
309 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
310 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
311 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
312 version.
313 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
314 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
315 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
316 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
317 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
318 or *-owner.
319 New Files:
320 cf/ostype/aix5.m4
321 contrib/buildvirtuser
322 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
323
3248.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
325 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
326 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
327 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
328 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
329 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
330 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
331 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
332 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
333 wildcards.
334 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
335 process may close the connection before the child process
336 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
337 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
338 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
339 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
340 read the LDAP secret from a file.
341 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
342 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
343 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
344 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
345 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
346 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
347 of EarthLink.
348 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
349 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
350 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
351 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
352 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
353 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
354 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
355 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
356 Fournier of Acadia University.
357 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
358 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
359 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
360 one of the others may be able to take over.
361 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
362 previous load average query result.
363 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
364 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
365 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
366 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
367 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
368 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
369 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
370 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
371 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
372 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
373 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
374 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
375 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
376 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
377 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
378 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
379 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
380 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
381 University of British Columbia.
382 Portability:
383 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
384 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
385 override the setting. Suggested by
386 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
387 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
388 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
389 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
390 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
391 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
392 College.
393 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
394 Tom Moore of NCR.
395 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
396 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
397 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
398 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
399 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
400 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
401 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
402 Consulting.
403 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
404 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
405 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
406 errors in the MAIL address.
407 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
408 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
409 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
410 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
411 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
412 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
413 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
414 Ericsson.
415 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
416 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
417 mailer as described in cf/README.
418 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
419 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
420 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
421 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
422 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
423 sendmail.
424 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
425 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
426 Meteorological Institute.
427 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
428 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
429 dot as the only character on the line.
430 New Files:
431 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
432
4338.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
434 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
435 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
436 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
437 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
438 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
439 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
440 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
441 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
442 it populates. It is possible that some broken
443 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
444 Systems in this category should compile with
445 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
446 system and report broken implementations to
447 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
448 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
449 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
450 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
451 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
452 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
453 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
454 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
455 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
456 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
457 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
458 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
459 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
460 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
461 random data.
462 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
463 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
464 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
465 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
466 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
467 Martin of CMU.
468 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
469 strength factor.
470 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
471 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
472 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
473 of CMU.
474 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
475 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
476 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
477 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
478 documented, unless a family is specified in a
479 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
480 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
481 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
482 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
483 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
484 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
485 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
486 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
487 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
488 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
489 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
490 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
491 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
492 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
493 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
494 of Sun Microsystems.
495 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
496 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
497 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
498 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
499 the incoming information in the queue file for later
500 delivery attempts.
501 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
502 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
503 smoe.org.
504 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
505 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
506 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
507 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
508 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
509 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
510 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
511 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
512 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
513 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
514 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
515 Hedeland of Ericsson.
516 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
517 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
518 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
519 of Northern Illinois University.
520 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
521 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
522 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
523 to kilobyte units.
524 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
525 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
526 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
527 Polytechnic.
528 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
529 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
530 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
531 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
532 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
533 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
534 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
535 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
536 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
537 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
538 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
539 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
540 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
541 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
542 G. Thomas Consulting.
543 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
544 port number (113).
545 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
546 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
547 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
548 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
549 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
550 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
551 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
552 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
553 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
554 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
555 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
556 University of Mainz.
557 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
558 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
559 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
560 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
561 Portability:
562 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
563 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
564 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
565 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
566 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
567 work properly causing problems if the accept()
568 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
569 from Tom Moore of NCR.
570 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
571 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
572 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
573 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
574 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
575 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
576 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
577 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
578 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
579 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
580 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
581 confCACERT CACERTFile
582 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
583 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
584 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
585 confRAND_FILE RandFile
586 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
587 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
588 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
589 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
590 cf/README for more information.
591 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
592 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
593 called due to a STARTTLS command.
594 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
595 instead of temporary.
596 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
597 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
598 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
599 Consulting.
600 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
601 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
602 RootsWeb.com.
603 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
604 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
605 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
606 University of Maryland.
607 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
608 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
609 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
610 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
611 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
612 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
613 of the University of Alberta.
614 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
615 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
616 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
617 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
618 of X.509 certificates.
619 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
620 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
621 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
622 Universitat Regensburg.
623 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
624 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
625 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
626 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
627 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
628 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
629 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
630 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
631 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
632 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
633 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
634 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
635 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
636 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
637 University.
638 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
639 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
640 links.
641 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
642 reported.
643 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
644 Denman Tire Corporation.
645 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
646 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
647 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
648 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
649 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
650 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
651 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
652 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
653 have a From line.
654 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
655 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
656 Added Files:
657 cf/ostype/darwin.m4
658 contrib/cidrexpand
659 contrib/link_hash.sh
660 contrib/movemail.conf
661 contrib/movemail.pl
662 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
663 test/t_snprintf.c
664
6658.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
666 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
667 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
668 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
669 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
670 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
671 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
672 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
673 Added Files:
674 test/t_setuid.c
675
6768.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
677 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
678 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
679 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
680 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
681 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
682 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
683 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
684 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
685 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
686 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
687 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
688 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
689 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
690 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
691 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
692 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
693 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
694 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
695 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
696 or higher.
697 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
698 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
699 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
700 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
701 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
702 Polytechnic Institute.
703 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
704 discards the message.
705 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
706 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
707 attempted to the alias.
708 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
709 flag options.
710 Portability:
711 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
712 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
713 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
714 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
715 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
716 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
717 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
718 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
719 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
720 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
721 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
722 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
723 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
724 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
725 Services, LLC.
726 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
727 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
728 Courtesan Consulting.
729 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
730 Siemens Business Services.
731 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
732 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
733 of WSRCC.
734 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
735 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
736 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
737 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
738 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
739 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
740 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
741 of NEC.
742 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
743 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
744 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
745 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
746 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
747 Virginia Tech.
748 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
749 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
750 University.
751 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
752 for other internal projects but included in the open source
753 release.
754 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
755 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
756 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
757 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
758 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
759 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
760 Sendmail.
761 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
762 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
763 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
764 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
765 as SFF_NOWRFILES.
766 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
767 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
768 Northern Illinois University.
769 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
770 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
771 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
772 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
773 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
774 Polytechnique de Montreal.
775 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
776 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
777 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
778 Added Files:
779 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
780 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
781 Deleted Files:
782 contrib/converting.sun.configs
783 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
784 doc/intro
785 doc/usenix
786 doc/changes
787
7888.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
789 *************************************************************
790 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
791 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
792 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
793 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
794 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
795 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
796 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
797 * coach, and a friend. *
798 * *
799 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
800 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
801 * Julie, we miss you! *
802 *************************************************************
803 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
804 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
805 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
806 symbolic link target.
807 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
808 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
809 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
810 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
811 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
812 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
813 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
814 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
815 version of sendmail.
816 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
817 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
818 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
819 (IdS).
820 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
821 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
822 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
823 for easier code sharing among the programs.
824 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
825 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
826 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
827 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
828 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
829 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
830 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
831 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
832 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
833 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
834 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
835 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
836 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
837 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
838 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
839 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
840 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
841 now listen on several different ports. Use:
842 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
843 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
844 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
845 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
846 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
847 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
848 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
849 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
850 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
851 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
852 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
853 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
854 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
855 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
856 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
857 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
858 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
859 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
860 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
861 accordingly.
862 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
863 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
864 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
865 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
866 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
867 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
868 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
869 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
870 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
871 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
872 InCert Software.
873 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
874 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
875 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
876 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
877 a control socket request.
878 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
879 settings:
880 Timeout.resolver.retrans
881 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
882 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
883 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
884 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
885 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
886 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
887 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
888 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
889 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
890 delivery attempt.
891 Timeout.resolver.retry
892 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
893 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
894 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
895 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
896 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
897 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
898 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
899 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
900 query for all resolver lookups except the first
901 delivery attempt.
902 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
903 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
904 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
905 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
906 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
907 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
908 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
909 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
910 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
911 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
912 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
913 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
914 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
915 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
916 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
917 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
918 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
919 Telecommunications Ltd.
920 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
921 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
922 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
923 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
924 Inc.
925 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
926 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
927 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
928 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
929 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
930 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
931 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
932 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
933 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
934 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
935 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
936 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
937 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
938 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
939 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
940 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
941 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
942 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
943 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
944 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
945 Ltd.
946 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
947 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
948 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
949 example mailer might be:
950 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
951 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
952 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
953 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
954 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
955 instead.
956 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
957 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
958 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
959 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
960 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
961 flags.
962 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
963 body of the original message on delivery status
964 notifications.
965 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
966 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
967 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
968 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
969 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
970 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
971 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
972 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
973 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
974 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
975 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
976 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
977 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
978 Conwell of Boston University.
979 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
980 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
981 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
982 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
983 @Home Network.
984 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
985 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
986 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
987 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
988 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
989 similar to check_rcpt etc.
990 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
991 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
992 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
993 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
994 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
995 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
996 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
997 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
998 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
999 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
1000 Mathias Herberts.
1001 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
1002 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
1003 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
1004 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
1005 in check_compat).
1006 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
1007 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
1008 option.
1009 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
1010 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
1011 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1012 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
1013 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
1014 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
1015 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
1016 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
1017 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
1018 is set.
1019 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
1020 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
1021 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
1022 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
1023 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
1024 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
1025 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
1026 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
1027 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
1028 a denial-of-service attack.
1029 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
1030 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
1031 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
1032 overflow attacks.
1033 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
1034 alias recursion.
1035 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
1036 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
1037 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
1038 directly before the newline.
1039 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
1040 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
1041 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
1042 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
1043 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
1044 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
1045 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
1046 could not be opened.
1047 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
1048 value of this option is macro expanded.
1049 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
1050 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
1051 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
1052 (along with the already existing macros):
1053 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
1054 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
1055 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
1056 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
1057 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
1058 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
1059 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
1060 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
1061 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
1062 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
1063 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
1064 loopback net.
1065 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
1066 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
1067 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
1068 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
1069 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
1070 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
1071 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
1072 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
1073 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
1074 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
1075 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
1076 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
1077 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
1078 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
1079 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
1080 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
1081 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
1082 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
1083 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
1084 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
1085 Ericsson.
1086 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
1087 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
1088 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
1089 of Ericsson.
1090 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
1091 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
1092 of Renaissance Internet Services.
1093 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
1094 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
1095 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
1096 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
1097 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
1098 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
1099 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
1100 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
1101 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
1102 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
1103 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
1104 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
1105 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
1106 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1107 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
1108 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
1109 equate name.
1110 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
1111 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
1112 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
1113 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
1114 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
1115 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
1116 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
1117 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
1118 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
1119 David Cooley of Colby College.
1120 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
1121 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
1122 already decided the message will be passed to another host
1123 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
1124 Buckeridge Young Limited.
1125 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
1126 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
1127 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
1128 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
1129 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
1130 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
1131 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
1132 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
1133 of Stanford University.
1134 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
1135 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
1136 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
1137 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
1138 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
1139 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
1140 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
1141 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
1142 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
1143 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
1144 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
1145 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
1146 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
1147 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
1148 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
1149 attributes found in the match will be returned.
1150 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
1151 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
1152 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
1153 comma separated key and value strings.
1154 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
1155 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
1156 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
1157 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
1158 a single connection to that host.
1159 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
1160 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
1161 LDAP lookups.
1162 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
1163 resources.
1164 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
1165 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
1166 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
1167 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
1168 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
1169 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
1170 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
1171 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
1172 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
1173 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
1174 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
1175 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
1176 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
1177 with the name "*".
1178 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
1179 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
1180 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
1181 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
1182 matches to return.
1183 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
1184 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
1185 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
1186 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
1187 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
1188 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
1189 are defined.
1190 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
1191 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
1192 Tech.
1193 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
1194 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
1195 important if you have large classes.
1196 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
1197 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
1198 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1199 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
1200 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
1201 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
1202 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
1203 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
1204 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
1205 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
1206 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
1207 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
1208 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
1209 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
1210 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
1211 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
1212 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
1213 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
1214 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
1215 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
1216 determined). For single processor machines, this change
1217 has no effect.
1218 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
1219 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1220 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
1221 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1222 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
1223 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
1224 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
1225 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
1226 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
1227 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
1228 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
1229 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
1230 connection-based denial of service attacks.
1231 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
1232 10 or higher.
1233 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
1234 information (from= syslog line).
1235 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
1236 equate (dsn=).
1237 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
1238 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More
1239 information is available at
1240 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark
1241 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1242 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
1243 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1244 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1245 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
1246 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1247 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
1248 the program as the default user and the default group, not
1249 the forward file user. This change also assures the
1250 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
1251 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
1252 Popovici of DNT Romania.
1253 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
1254 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
1255 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
1256 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
1257 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
1258 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
1259 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
1260 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
1261 helpful to know the sender of the message.
1262 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
1263 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1264 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
1265 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
1266 multiple files.
1267 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
1268 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
1269 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
1270 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
1271 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
1272 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
1273 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
1274 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
1275 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
1276 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
1277 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
1278 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
1279 length before the attempt.
1280 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
1281 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
1282 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
1283 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
1284 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
1285 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
1286 host status files, not all files.
1287 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
1288 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
1289 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
1290 Wonderworks Inc.
1291 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
1292 macro map class. This can be used to store information
1293 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
1294 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
1295 of Hannover.
1296 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
1297 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
1298 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
1299 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
1300 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
1301 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
1302 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
1303 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
1304 flag:
1305 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
1306 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
1307 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
1308 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
1309 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
1310 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
1311 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
1312 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
1313 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
1314 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
1315 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
1316 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
1317 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
1318 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
1319 version.
1320 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
1321 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
1322 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
1323 if referencing a named ruleset.
1324 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
1325 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
1326 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
1327 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
1328 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
1329 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
1330 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
1331 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
1332 the University of Maryland.
1333 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
1334 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
1335 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
1336 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
1337 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
1338 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
1339 COMMANDS).
1340 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
1341 but for outgoing connections.
1342 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
1343 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
1344 a require authentication
1345 b bind to interface through which mail has
1346 been received
1347 c perform hostname canonification
1348 f require fully qualified hostname
1349 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
1350 command
1351 C don't perform hostname canonification
1352 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
1353 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
1354 h use name of interface for HELO command
1355 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
1356 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
1357 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
1358 Institutes of Health.
1359 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
1360 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
1361 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
1362 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
1363 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1364 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
1365 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
1366 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
1367 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
1368 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
1369 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
1370 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
1371 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1372 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
1373 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
1374 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
1375 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
1376 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
1377 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
1378 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
1379 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
1380 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
1381 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
1382 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
1383 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1384 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
1385 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
1386 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
1387 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
1388 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
1389 timeout.
1390 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
1391 interface address structure when loading the system network
1392 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
1393 Nanoteq.
1394 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
1395 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
1396 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
1397 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
1398 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
1399 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
1400 on load average.
1401 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1402 Northern Illinois University.
1403 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
1404 envelope splitting has occurred.
1405 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
1406 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
1407 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
1408 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
1409 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
1410 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1411 Institute.
1412 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
1413 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
1414 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
1415 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
1416 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
1417 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
1418 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1419 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
1420 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1421 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
1422 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1423 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
1424 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
1425 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
1426 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1427 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
1428 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
1429 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
1430 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1431 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
1432 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
1433 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
1434 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1435 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
1436 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
1437 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1438 University.
1439 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
1440 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
1441 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
1442 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
1443 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
1444 ruleset lines as well.
1445 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
1446 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
1447 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
1448 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1449 Institute.
1450 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
1451 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
1452 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
1453 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
1454 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
1455 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
1456 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
1457 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
1458 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
1459 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
1460 of Ericsson.
1461 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
1462 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
1463 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
1464 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1465 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
1466 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
1467 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
1468 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
1469 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
1470 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
1471 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
1472 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
1473 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
1474 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
1475 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
1476 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1477 University.
1478 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
1479 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
1480 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
1481 'sendmail -bs'.
1482 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
1483 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
1484 them in the .cf file.
1485 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
1486 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
1487 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
1488 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
1489 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
1490 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
1491 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
1492 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
1493 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1494 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
1495 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
1496 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
1497 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
1498 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1499 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
1500 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
1501 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
1502 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
1503 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
1504 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
1505 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
1506 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
1507 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
1508 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
1509 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
1510 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
1511 Hedeland of Ericsson.
1512 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
1513 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
1514 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
1515 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1516 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
1517 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
1518 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
1519 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
1520 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
1521 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1522 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
1523 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
1524 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
1525 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
1526 don't fail on ANY queries.
1527 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
1528 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
1529 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1530 Northern Illinois University.
1531 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
1532 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
1533 State University.
1534 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
1535 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1536 Northern Illinois University.
1537 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
1538 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
1539 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
1540 Portability:
1541 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
1542 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
1543 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
1544 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
1545 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1546 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
1547 This allows network interface probing to work
1548 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
1549 University of Iowa.
1550 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
1551 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
1552 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
1553 name.
1554 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
1555 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
1556 Virginia Tech.
1557 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
1558 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
1559 Amsterdam.
1560 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
1561 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
1562 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
1563 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
1564 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
1565 in building the operating system. Users can
1566 override the defaults by setting confCC and
1567 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
1568 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
1569 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
1570 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
1571 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
1572 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
1573 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
1574 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
1575 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
1576 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
1577 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
1578 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
1579 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1580 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
1581 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
1582 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
1583 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
1584 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
1585 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
1586 use that value in conf.h.
1587 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
1588 BITart Consulting.
1589 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
1590 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
1591 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
1592 Computer, Inc.
1593 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
1594 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
1595 of E I A.
1596 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
1597 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
1598 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
1599 fchown(2).
1600 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
1601 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
1602 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
1603 srandomdev(3).
1604 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
1605 setlogin(2).
1606 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
1607 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
1608 Siemens Business Services.
1609 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
1610 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
1611 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
1612 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
1613 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
1614 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
1615 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
1616 Aerospace.
1617 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
1618 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
1619 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
1620 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
1621 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
1622 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
1623 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
1624 University.
1625 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
1626 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
1627 Technology Information Network.
1628 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
1629 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
1630 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
1631 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
1632 and OpenBSD.
1633 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
1634 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
1635 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
1636 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1637 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
1638 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
1639 details.
1640 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
1641 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
1642 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
1643 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
1644 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
1645 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
1646 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-id root. This
1647 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
1648 Courtesan Consulting.
1649 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
1650 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
1651 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
1652 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
1653 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
1654 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
1655 multiple times.
1656 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
1657 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
1658 with From:).
1659 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
1660 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
1661 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
1662 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
1663 new functionality.
1664 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1665 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
1666 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
1667 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
1668 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
1669 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
1670 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
1671 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
1672 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
1673 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
1674 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
1675 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
1676 confPID_FILE PidFile
1677 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
1678 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
1679 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
1680 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
1681 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
1682 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
1683 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
1684 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
1685 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
1686 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
1687 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
1688 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
1689 which takes the options as argument and can be used
1690 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1691 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
1692 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
1693 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
1694 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
1695 to "IPC $h".
1696 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
1697 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
1698 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
1699 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
1700 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
1701 value should be changed with care.
1702 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
1703 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
1704 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
1705 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
1706 complain.
1707 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
1708 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
1709 of Q7 Enterprises.
1710 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
1711 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
1712 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
1713 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
1714 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
1715 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
1716 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
1717 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
1718 of Northern Illinois University.
1719 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
1720 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
1721 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
1722 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
1723 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
1724 in it.
1725 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
1726 in class 'P' ($=P).
1727 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
1728 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
1729 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
1730 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
1731 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
1732 is added.
1733 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
1734 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
1735 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
1736 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
1737 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
1738 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
1739 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
1740 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
1741 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
1742 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
1743 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
1744 Hubert of University of Washington.
1745 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
1746 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
1747 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
1748 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
1749 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
1750 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
1751 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
1752 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
1753 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
1754 Services.
1755 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
1756 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
1757 Aerospace.
1758 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
1759 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
1760 University and Brian Candler.
1761 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
1762 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1763 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
1764 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1765 Institute.
1766 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
1767 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
1768 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
1769 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
1770 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
1771 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
1772 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
1773 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
1774 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
1775 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1776 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
1777 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
1778 Willamette Industries, Inc.
1779 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
1780 converted to <user@d>
1781 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
1782 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
1783 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
1784 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
1785 performed.
1786 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
1787 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
1788 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1789 Institute.
1790 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
1791 be accessed by their numbers).
1792 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
1793 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
1794 of an address.
1795 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
1796 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
1797 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
1798 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
1799 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
1800 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
1801 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
1802 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
1803 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
1804 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
1805 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
1806 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1807 Institute.
1808 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
1809 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
1810 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
1811 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
1812 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
1813 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
1814 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
1815 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
1816 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
1817 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
1818 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
1819 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1820 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
1821 University of California at Berkeley.
1822 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
1823 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1824 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
1825 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
1826 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
1827 Corporation UK.
1828 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
1829 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
1830 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
1831 Yale University.
1832 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
1833 be used for building.
1834 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
1835 used for a fresh build.
1836 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
1837 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
1838 ranlib.
1839 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
1840 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
1841 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
1842 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
1843 Costales.
1844 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
1845 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
1846 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
1847 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1848 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
1849 of Siemens Business Services.
1850 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
1851 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
1852 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
1853 torek.
1854 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
1855 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
1856 They should contain the C source files for the object files
1857 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
1858 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
1859 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
1860 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
1861 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
1862 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
1863 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
1864 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
1865 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
1866 are in devtools/README.
1867 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
1868 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1869 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
1870 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
1871 new variable which identifies the root of the source
1872 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
1873 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
1874 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
1875 macro.
1876 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
1877 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
1878 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
1879 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
1880 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
1881 Corporation.
1882 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
1883 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
1884 confMANROOTMAN.
1885 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
1886 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
1887 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
1888 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
1889 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
1890 Communications.
1891 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
1892 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
1893 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
1894 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
1895 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
1896 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
1897 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
1898 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
1899 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
1900 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
1901 install-strip target.
1902 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
1903 the others (if it exists).
1904 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
1905 then the default ones.
1906 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-id root. To use mail.local
1907 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
1908 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
1909 to set the S flag.
1910 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
1911 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
1912 Northern Illinois University.
1913 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
1914 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
1915 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1916 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
1917 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
1918 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1919 University.
1920 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
1921 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
1922 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1923 University.
1924 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
1925 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
1926 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
1927 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
1928 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
1929 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
1930 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1931 University.
1932 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
1933 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
1934 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1935 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
1936 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
1937 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
1938 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
1939 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
1940 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
1941 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
1942 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
1943 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
1944 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
1945 Alcatel Australia Limited.
1946 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
1947 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
1948 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1949 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
1950 timeout to avoid starvation.
1951 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
1952 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
1953 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
1954 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1955 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
1956 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
1957 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
1958 of Maryland.
1959 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
1960 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
1961 sendmail configuration file.
1962 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
1963 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
1964 option.
1965 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
1966 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
1967 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
1968 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
1969 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
1970 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
1971 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
1972 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
1973 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
1974 Corporation UK.
1975 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
1976 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
1977 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
1978 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1979 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
1980 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
1981 Institute for Global Communications.
1982 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
1983 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
1984 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1985 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
1986 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
1987 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1988 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
1989 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
1990 of the Institute for Global Communications.
1991 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
1992 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
1993 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
1994 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
1995 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
1996 Changed Files:
1997 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
1998 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
1999 which execute the actual Build script in
2000 devtools/bin.
2001 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
2002 -mandoc as they were previously.
2003 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
2004 of Build will work (unless parameters are
2005 required for Build).
2006 New Directories:
2007 devtools/M4/UNIX
2008 include
2009 libmilter
2010 libsmdb
2011 libsmutil
2012 vacation
2013 Renamed Directories:
2014 BuildTools => devtools
2015 src => sendmail
2016 Deleted Files:
2017 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
2018 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
2019 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
2020 devtools/OS/SINIX
2021 sendmail/ldap_map.h
2022 New Files:
2023 INSTALL
2024 PGPKEYS
2025 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
2026 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
2027 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
2028 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
2029 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
2030 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
2031 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
2032 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
2033 cf/mailer/qpage.m4
2034 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
2035 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
2036 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
2037 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
2038 contrib/domainmap.m4
2039 contrib/qtool.8
2040 contrib/qtool.pl
2041 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
2042 devtools/M4/list.m4
2043 devtools/M4/string.m4
2044 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
2045 devtools/M4/switch.m4
2046 devtools/OS/Darwin
2047 devtools/OS/GNU
2048 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
2049 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
2050 devtools/OS/m88k
2051 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
2052 mail.local/Makefile
2053 mailstats/Makefile
2054 makemap/Makefile
2055 praliases/Makefile
2056 rmail/Makefile
2057 sendmail/Makefile
2058 sendmail/bf.h
2059 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2060 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2061 sendmail/bf_torek.c
2062 sendmail/bf_torek.h
2063 sendmail/shmticklib.c
2064 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
2065 sendmail/timers.c
2066 sendmail/timers.h
2067 smrsh/Makefile
2068 vacation/Makefile
2069 Renamed Files:
2070 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
2071 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2072 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
2073 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
2074 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
2075 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
2076 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
2077 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
2078 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
2079 Copied Files:
2080 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
2081
20828.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
2083 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
2084 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
2085 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
2086 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2087 Schools" project (IdS).
2088 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
2089 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
2090 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
2091 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2092 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
2093 when performing the MIME header length check. This
2094 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
2095 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
2096 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
2097 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
2098 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
2099 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2100 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
2101 ExecPC Internet Systems.
2102 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
2103 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
2104 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
2105 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
2106 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
2107 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
2108 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
2109 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
2110 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
2111 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2112 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
2113 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
2114 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
2115 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
2116 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
2117 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
2118 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
2119 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
2120 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
2121 group of the IETF.
2122 Portability:
2123 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
2124 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
2125 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
2126 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
2127 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
2128 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
2129 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
2130 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
2131 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
2132 Technical University of Denmark.
2133 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
2134 Supercomputer Center.
2135 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
2136 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
2137 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
2138 of Stanford University.
2139 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
2140 between different releases. Back out the
2141 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
2142 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
2143 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
2144 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
2145 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
2146 of Siemens/SNI.
2147 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2148 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
2149 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
2150 University of Brno.
2151 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
2152 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
2153 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2154 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
2155 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
2156 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2157 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
2158 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
2159 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
2160 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
2161 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2162 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
2163 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
2164 MIDS Europe.
2165 New Files:
2166 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
2167 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
2168 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
2169
21708.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
2171 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
2172 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
2173 for a denial of service attack.
2174 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
2175 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2176 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
2177 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
2178 Corporation UK.
2179 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
2180 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
2181 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
2182 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
2183 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
2184 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
2185 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
2186 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
2187 Internet Services.
2188 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
2189 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
2190 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
2191 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
2192 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
2193 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
2194 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
2195 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
2196 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2197 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
2198 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
2199 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
2200 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
2201 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2202 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2203 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
2204 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
2205 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
2206 Internet Services.
2207 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
2208 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
2209 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
2210 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
2211 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
2212 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
2213 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
2214 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
2215 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
2216 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
2217 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
2218 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
2219 extended testing.
2220 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
2221 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
2222 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
2223 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
2224 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
2225 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2226 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
2227 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
2228 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
2229 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2230 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
2231 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
2232 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
2233 Network.
2234 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
2235 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
2236 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
2237 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
2238 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
2239 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
2240 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2241 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
2242 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
2243 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
2244 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
2245 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
2246 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
2247 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
2248 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
2249 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
2250 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2251 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
2252 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2253 Meteorological Institute.
2254 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
2255 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
2256 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
2257 Portability:
2258 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2259 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
2260 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
2261 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
2262 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
2263 reading network interface addresses into
2264 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
2265 Cal State University, Chico.
2266 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
2267 from changing the semantics of the compiled
2268 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
2269 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
2270 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
2271 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2272 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2273 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
2274 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
2275 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
2276 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
2277 of Sun Microsystems.
2278 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
2279 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2280 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
2281 of Bits Co., Ltd.
2282 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
2283 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2284 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
2285 of E I A.
2286 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
2287 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
2288 Information Center.
2289 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
2290 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2291 Institute.
2292 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
2293 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
2294 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
2295 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
2296 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2297 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
2298 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
2299 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
2300 Manawatu Internet Services.
2301 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
2302 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
2303 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
2304 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
2305 of Northern Illinois University.
2306 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
2307 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
2308 Kiel.
2309 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
2310 Dot Com.
2311 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
2312 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
2313 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2314 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
2315 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
2316 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
2317 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
2318 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
2319 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2320 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
2321 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
2322 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
2323 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2324 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
2325 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2326 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
2327 the envelope From header.
2328 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
2329 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
2330 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
2331 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
2332 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
2333 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
2334 Portal Services, Inc.
2335 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
2336 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
2337 Sun Microsystems.
2338 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
2339 New Files:
2340 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
2341 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
2342 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
2343 contrib/smcontrol.pl
2344 src/control.c
2345
23468.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
2347 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
2348 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
2349 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
2350 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
2351 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
2352 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
2353 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2354 Meteorological Institute.
2355 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
2356 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
2357 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2358 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
2359 installation commands. The man pages would still be
2360 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
2361 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2362 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
2363 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
2364 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
2365 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
2366 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
2367 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
2368 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
2369 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
2370 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
2371 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
2372 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
2373 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
2374 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
2375 Flextech TV.
2376 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
2377 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
2378 DaveLtd Enterprises.
2379 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
2380 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
2381 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
2382 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
2383 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
2384 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
2385 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
2386 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
2387 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
2388 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
2389 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
2390 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
2391 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
2392 University.
2393 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
2394 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
2395 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
2396 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
2397 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
2398 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
2399 Portability:
2400 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
2401 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
2402 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
2403 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
2404 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
2405 of BSDI.
2406 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
2407 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
2408 PICT Inc.
2409 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
2410 J. P. McCann of E I A.
2411 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
2412 of TEMPEST, Ltd.
2413 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
2414 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
2415 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
2416 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2417 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
2418 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
2419 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
2420 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
2421 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
2422 would not accept @@hostname.
2423 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
2424 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
2425 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
2426 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
2427 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2428 New Files:
2429 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
2430
24318.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
2432 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
2433 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
2434 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
2435 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
2436 which need the ability to override security can use the
2437 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
2438 information.
2439 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
2440 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
2441 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
2442 world writable directories.
2443 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
2444 it is in a world writable directory.
2445 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
2446 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
2447 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
2448 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
2449 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
2450 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
2451 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
2452 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
2453 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
2454 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
2455 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
2456 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
2457 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
2458 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
2459 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
2460 default.
2461 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-id binaries
2462 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
2463 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
2464 the University of Maryland.
2465 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
2466 of Cal State University, Chico.
2467 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
2468 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
2469 current version of Berkeley DB.
2470 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
2471 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2472 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
2473 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
2474 of Maryland.
2475 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
2476 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
2477 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
2478 Microsystems.
2479 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
2480 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
2481 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
2482 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
2483 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
2484 mail.local on the F=z flag.
2485 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
2486 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
2487 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
2488 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
2489 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
2490 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
2491 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
2492 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
2493 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
2494 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
2495 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
2496 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
2497 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
2498 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
2499 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
2500 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
2501 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
2502 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
2503 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
2504 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
2505 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
2506 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
2507 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
2508 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
2509 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
2510 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
2511 relaying entirely.
2512 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
2513 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
2514 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
2515 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
2516 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
2517 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
2518 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
2519 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2520 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
2521 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
2522 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
2523 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
2524 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2525 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
2526 sender for those failures.
2527 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
2528 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
2529 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
2530 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
2531 of Ericsson.
2532 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
2533 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
2534 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
2535 of Procter & Gamble.
2536 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
2537 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
2538 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
2539 of Procter & Gamble.
2540 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
2541 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
2542 of system security. This should only be used if you are
2543 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
2544 DontBlameSendmail options are:
2545 Safe
2546 AssumeSafeChown
2547 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
2548 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
2549 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
2550 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2551 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
2552 GroupWritableAliasFile
2553 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
2554 WorldWritableAliasFile
2555 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
2556 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
2557 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
2558 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
2559 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
2560 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
2561 MapInUnsafeDirPath
2562 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
2563 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
2564 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
2565 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
2566 LinkedMapInWritableDir
2567 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
2568 FileDeliveryToHardLink
2569 FileDeliveryToSymLink
2570 WriteMapToHardLink
2571 WriteMapToSymLink
2572 WriteStatsToHardLink
2573 WriteStatsToSymLink
2574 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
2575 RunWritableProgram
2576 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
2577 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
2578 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
2579 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
2580 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
2581 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
2582 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
2583 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
2584 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
2585 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
2586 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
2587 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
2588 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
2589 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
2590 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
2591 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
2592 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
2593 contrast to the success case).
2594 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
2595 of the form:
2596 HHeader: $>Ruleset
2597 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
2598 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
2599 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
2600 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
2601 from hiding their connection information in Received:
2602 headers.
2603 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
2604 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
2605 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
2606 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
2607 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
2608 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
2609 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
2610 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
2611 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
2612 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
2613 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
2614 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
2615 remote identity can be queried.
2616 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
2617 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
2618 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
2619 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2620 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
2621 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
2622 some of the details are determined dynamically via
2623 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
2624 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
2625 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
2626 the new Build method which creates an operating system
2627 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
2628 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
2629 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
2630 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
2631 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
2632 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
2633 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2634 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
2635 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
2636 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
2637 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
2638 This means that even if only one of the recipients
2639 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
2640 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
2641 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
2642 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
2643 of CNET: The Computer Network.
2644 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
2645 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
2646 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2647 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
2648 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
2649 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
2650 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
2651 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
2652 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
2653 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
2654 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
2655 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
2656 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2657 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
2658 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
2659 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2660 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
2661 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
2662 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
2663 Institute.
2664 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
2665 mail.local.
2666 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
2667 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
2668 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
2669 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
2670 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2671 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2672 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
2673 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
2674 of InfoBeat, Inc.
2675 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
2676 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
2677 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
2678 mailstats command.
2679 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
2680 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
2681 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
2682 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
2683 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
2684 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
2685 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2686 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
2687 Ericsson.
2688 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
2689 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
2690 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
2691 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
2692 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
2693 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
2694 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
2695 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
2696 Stratus Computer, Inc.
2697 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
2698 currently supported version.
2699 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
2700 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
2701 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
2702 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
2703 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
2704 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2705 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
2706 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
2707 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
2708 message in error bounces.
2709 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
2710 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
2711 Digital Equipment Corporation.
2712 Portability:
2713 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
2714 of Kyoto University.
2715 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
2716 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
2717 Maryland.
2718 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
2719 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
2720 in Finland.
2721 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
2722 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
2723 the University of Maryland.
2724 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
2725 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
2726 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2727 Meteorological Institute.
2728 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
2729 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
2730 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
2731 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
2732 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
2733 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
2734 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
2735 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
2736 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
2737 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
2738 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
2739 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2740 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
2741 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
2742 Microsystems.
2743 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
2744 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
2745 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
2746 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2747 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
2748 directory for certain programs.
2749 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
2750 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
2751 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
2752 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
2753 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
2754 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
2755 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
2756 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
2757 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
2758 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
2759 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
2760 the user to setup different .forward files for
2761 user+detail addressing.
2762 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
2763 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
2764 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
2765 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
2766 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
2767 outside your domain).
2768 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
2769 any site to any site.
2770 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
2771 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
2772 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
2773 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
2774 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
2775 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
2776 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
2777 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
2778 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
2779 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
2780 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
2781 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
2782 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
2783 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
2784 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
2785 host names only.
2786 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
2787 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
2788 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
2789 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
2790 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
2791 needed for most installations.
2792 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
2793 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
2794 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
2795 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
2796 the University of Maryland.
2797 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
2798 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
2799 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
2800 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
2801 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
2802 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
2803 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
2804 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
2805 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
2806 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
2807 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
2808 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
2809 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
2810 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
2811 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
2812 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
2813 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
2814 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
2815 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
2816 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
2817 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
2818 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
2819 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
2820 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
2821 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
2822 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
2823 above for more information.
2824 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
2825 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2826 Meteorological Institute.
2827 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
2828 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
2829 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
2830 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
2831 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2832 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
2833 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
2834 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
2835 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
2836 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
2837 MustQuoteChars respectively.
2838 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
2839 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
2840 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
2841 CMU (now of Netscape).
2842 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
2843 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
2844 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
2845 read mail.local/README.
2846 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
2847 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
2848 University of Maryland.
2849 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
2850 University, Chico.
2851 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2852 Meteorological Institute.
2853 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
2854 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
2855 University of Maryland.
2856 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
2857 such as linked files in world writable directories.
2858 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
2859 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
2860 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
2861 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
2862 Braunschweig.
2863 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
2864 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
2865 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2866 Changed Files:
2867 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
2868 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
2869 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
2870 New Files:
2871 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
2872 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
2873 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
2874 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
2875 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
2876 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
2877 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
2878 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
2879 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
2880 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
2881 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
2882 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
2883 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
2884 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
2885 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
2886 BuildTools/OS/QNX
2887 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
2888 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
2889 BuildTools/README
2890 BuildTools/Site/README
2891 BuildTools/bin/Build
2892 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
2893 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
2894 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
2895 Makefile
2896 cf/cf/Build
2897 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
2898 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
2899 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
2900 cf/feature/access_db.m4
2901 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
2902 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
2903 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
2904 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
2905 cf/feature/rbl.m4
2906 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
2907 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
2908 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
2909 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
2910 cf/ostype/qnx.m4
2911 contrib/doublebounce.pl
2912 mail.local/Build
2913 mail.local/Makefile.m4
2914 mail.local/README
2915 mailstats/Build
2916 mailstats/Makefile.m4
2917 makemap/Build
2918 makemap/Makefile.m4
2919 praliases/Build
2920 praliases/Makefile.m4
2921 rmail/Build
2922 rmail/Makefile.m4
2923 rmail/rmail.0
2924 smrsh/Build
2925 smrsh/Makefile.m4
2926 src/Build
2927 src/Makefile.m4
2928 src/snprintf.c
2929 Deleted Files:
2930 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
2931 mail.local/Makefile
2932 mail.local/Makefile.dist
2933 mailstats/Makefile
2934 mailstats/Makefile.dist
2935 makemap/Makefile
2936 makemap/Makefile.dist
2937 praliases/Makefile
2938 praliases/Makefile.dist
2939 rmail/Makefile
2940 smrsh/Makefile
2941 smrsh/Makefile.dist
2942 src/Makefile
2943 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
2944 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
2945 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
2946 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
2947 Renamed Files:
2948 READ_ME => README
2949 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
2950 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
2951 src/READ_ME => src/README
2952
29538.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
2954 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
2955 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2956 Meteorological Institute.
2957 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
2958 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
2959 Arseneault of SRI International.
2960 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
2961 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
2962 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2963 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
2964 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
2965 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
2966 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
2967 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
2968 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2969 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
2970 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
2971 River Systems.
2972 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
2973 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
2974 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
2975 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
2976 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
2977 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
2978 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
2979 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
2980 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
2981 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
2982 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
2983 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
2984 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
2985 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2986 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
2987 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
2988 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
2989 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
2990 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
2991 results during a single message processing (but would
2992 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
2993 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
2994 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
2995 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
2996 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2997 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
2998 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
2999 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
3000 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3001 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
3002 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
3003 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
3004 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
3005 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
3006 and the inability to save a bounce message to
3007 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
3008 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
3009 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
3010 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
3011 Associates.
3012 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
3013 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
3014 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
3015 could cause confusing error messages.
3016 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
3017 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
3018 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
3019 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
3020 SuperNet, Inc.
3021 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
3022 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3023 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
3024 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
3025 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3026 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
3027 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
3028 dropped.
3029 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
3030 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
3031 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
3032 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
3033 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
3034 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
3035 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
3036 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3037 Institute.
3038 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
3039 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
3040 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
3041 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
3042 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
3043 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
3044 RUS University of Stuttgart.
3045 Minor lint fixes.
3046 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
3047 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
3048 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
3049 of Stanford University.
3050 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
3051 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
3052 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
3053 Portability:
3054 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
3055 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
3056 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
3057 Electronic Data Systems.
3058 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
3059 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
3060 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
3061 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
3062 loader environment variables into the loader memory
3063 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
3064 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
3065 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
3066 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
3067 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
3068 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
3069 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
3070 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
3071 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
3072 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
3073 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
3074 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
3075 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
3076 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
3077 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
3078 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
3079 Services.
3080 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
3081 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
3082 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
3083 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
3084 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
3085 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
3086 Services VAS.
3087 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
3088 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
3089 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
3090 Ericsson.
3091
30928.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
3093 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
3094 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
3095 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
3096 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
3097 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
3098 GmbH.
3099 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
3100 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
3101 of Technology, Stockholm.
3102 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
3103 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
3104 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
3105 that these routines are included as though they were in the
3106 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
3107 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
3108 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
3109 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
3110 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
3111 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
3112 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
3113 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
3114 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
3115 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
3116 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
3117 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
3118 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
3119 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
3120 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
3121 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
3122 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
3123 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
3124 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
3125 have to assume that the information is good.
3126 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
3127 open or locked.
3128 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
3129 Better handling of non-set-user-id binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
3130 errors during testing.
3131 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
3132 printed in the error message.
3133 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
3134 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
3135 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
3136 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
3137 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3138 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
3139 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
3140 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
3141 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
3142 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
3143 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
3144 runner runs during a critical section in another message
3145 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
3146 Results Computing.
3147 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
3148 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
3149 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
3150 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
3151 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
3152 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
3153 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
3154 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
3155 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
3156 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
3157 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
3158 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
3159 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
3160 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
3161 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
3162 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
3163 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
3164 simultaneously.
3165 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
3166 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
3167 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
3168 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
3169 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3170 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
3171 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
3172 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
3173 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3174 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
3175 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
3176 CSU Chico.
3177 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
3178 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
3179 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
3180 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
3181 Portability:
3182 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
3183 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
3184 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
3185 be used instead.
3186 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
3187 of Argonne National Laboratory.
3188 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
3189 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
3190 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
3191 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
3192 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
3193 in Makefiles.
3194 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
3195 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
3196 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
3197 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
3198 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
3199 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
3200 NCR Corp.
3201 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
3202 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
3203 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
3204 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
3205 Resource Network
3206 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
3207 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
3208 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
3209 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
3210 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
3211 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
3212 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
3213 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
3214 Corp.
3215 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
3216 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
3217 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
3218 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
3219 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
3220 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
3221 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
3222 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
3223 PlainTalk.
3224 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
3225 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
3226 by Harry Styron.
3227 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
3228 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
3229 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
3230 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
3231 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
3232 changed after open".
3233 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
3234 files.
3235 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
3236 NEW FILES:
3237 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
3238 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
3239 test/t_exclopen.c
3240 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
3241 DELETED FILES:
3242 Makefile
3243
32448.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
3245 *************************************************************
3246 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
3247 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
3248 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
3249 * continued sendmail development. *
3250 *************************************************************
3251 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
3252 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
3253 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
3254 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
3255 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
3256 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
3257 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
3258 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
3259 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
3260 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
3261 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
3262 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
3263 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
3264 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
3265 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
3266 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
3267 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3268 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3269 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
3270 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
3271 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
3272 another database; this can be used either to expose
3273 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
3274 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
3275 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
3276 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
3277 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
3278 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
3279 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
3280 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
3281 system directories.
3282 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
3283 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
3284 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
3285 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
3286 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
3287 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
3288 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
3289 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
3290 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
3291 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
3292 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
3293 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
3294 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
3295 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
3296 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
3297 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
3298 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
3299 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
3300 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
3301 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
3302 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
3303 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
3304 NFS-mounted filesystems.
3305 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
3306 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
3307 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
3308 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
3309 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
3310 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
3311 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
3312 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
3313 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3314 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
3315 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
3316 same host).
3317 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
3318 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
3319 from Theo de Raadt.
3320 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
3321 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
3322 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3323 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
3324 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
3325 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
3326 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
3327 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
3328 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3329 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
3330 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
3331 Microsystems.
3332 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
3333 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
3334 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3335 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
3336 too large) don't send the bogus message.
3337 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
3338 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
3339 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3340 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
3341 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
3342 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
3343 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
3344 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
3345 Shapiro.
3346 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
3347 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
3348 Sun Microsystems.
3349 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
3350 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
3351 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
3352 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
3353 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
3354 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
3355 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
3356 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
3357 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
3358 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
3359 Mercury Mail.
3360 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
3361 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
3362 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
3363 Morgan Stanley.
3364 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
3365 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
3366 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
3367 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
3368 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
3369 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
3370 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
3371 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
3372 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
3373 not be run.
3374 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
3375 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
3376 printing.
3377 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
3378 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
3379 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3380 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
3381 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
3382 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
3383 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
3384 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
3385 erroneous results during a single message processing
3386 (but would recover when the next message was received).
3387 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
3388 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
3389 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
3390 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
3391 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
3392 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
3393 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
3394 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
3395 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
3396 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
3397 address as "may be forged".
3398 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
3399 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
3400 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
3401 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
3402 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
3403 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
3404 of TwinCom.
3405 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
3406 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
3407 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
3408 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
3409 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
3410 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
3411 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
3412 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
3413 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3414 Institute.
3415 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
3416 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
3417 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
3418 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
3419 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
3420 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
3421 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
3422 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
3423 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
3424 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
3425 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
3426 book (2nd edition).
3427 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
3428 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
3429 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
3430 John Beck of SunSoft.
3431 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
3432 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
3433 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
3434 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
3435 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
3436 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
3437 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
3438 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
3439 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
3440 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
3441 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
3442 returns.
3443 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
3444 on some architectures.
3445 Portability:
3446 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
3447 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
3448 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
3449 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
3450 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
3451 of Washington.
3452 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
3453 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
3454 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3455 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
3456 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
3457 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
3458 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
3459 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
3460 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
3461 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3462 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
3463 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
3464 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
3465 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
3466 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
3467 Cambridge.
3468 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
3469 Kari Hurtta.
3470 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
3471 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
3472 IRIX Makefile).
3473 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
3474 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3475 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
3476 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
3477 Brian Candler.
3478 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
3479 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
3480 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3481 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
3482 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
3483 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3484 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
3485 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
3486 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3487 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
3488 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
3489 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3490 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
3491 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
3492 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
3493 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
3494 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
3495 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
3496 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
3497 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3498 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
3499 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
3500 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
3501 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
3502 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
3503 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
3504 was specified, even when it wasn't.
3505 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
3506 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
3507 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
3508 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
3509 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
3510 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
3511 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
3512 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
3513 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
3514 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
3515 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
3516 developers).
3517 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
3518 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
3519 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
3520 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
3521 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-id root, it is
3522 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
3523 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
3524 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
3525 NEXTSTEP.
3526 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
3527 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
3528 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
3529 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
3530 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3531 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
3532 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
3533 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
3534 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
3535 for system accounts.
3536 NEW FILES:
3537 src/safefile.c
3538 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
3539 cf/ostype/irix6.m4
3540 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
3541 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
3542 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
3543 RENAMED FILES:
3544 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
3545 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
3546
35478.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
3548 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
3549 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
3550 even if RunAsUser is specified.
3551 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
3552 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
3553 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3554 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
3555 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
3556 University of Pennsylvania.
3557 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
3558 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
3559 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
3560 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
3561 was unnecessarily awful.
3562 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
3563 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
3564 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
3565 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
3566 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
3567 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
3568 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
3569 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
3570 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3571 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
3572 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3573 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
3574 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
3575 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
3576 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
3577 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
3578 Semiconductor Corp.
3579 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
3580 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
3581 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
3582 at Austin.
3583 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
3584 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
3585 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
3586 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
3587 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
3588 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
3589 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
3590 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
3591 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
3592 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
3593 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
3594 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
3595 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
3596 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
3597 Costales.
3598 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
3599 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
3600 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
3601 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
3602 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
3603 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
3604 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
3605 The current values and defaults are:
3606 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
3607 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
3608 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
3609 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
3610 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
3611 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
3612 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
3613 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
3614 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
3615 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3616 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
3617 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
3618 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
3619 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
3620 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
3621 Eric Hagberg.
3622 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
3623 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
3624 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
3625 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
3626 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
3627 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
3628 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
3629 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3630 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
3631 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
3632 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
3633 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
3634 Communications.
3635 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
3636 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
3637 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
3638 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3639 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
3640 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
3641 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
3642 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
3643 PORTABILITY:
3644 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
3645 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
3646 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
3647 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
3648 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
3649 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
3650 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
3651 (Moscow).
3652 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
3653 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
3654 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
3655 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
3656 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
3657 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
3658 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
3659 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
3660 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
3661 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
3662 Received: line.
3663 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
3664 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
3665 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
3666 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
3667 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
3668 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
3669 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
3670 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
3671 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
3672 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
3673 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
3674 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
3675 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
3676 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
3677 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
3678 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
3679 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
3680 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
3681 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
3682 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
3683 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
3684 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
3685 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
3686 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
3687 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
3688 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
3689 Long Beach.
3690
36918.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
3692 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
3693 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
3694 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
3695 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
3696 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
3697 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
3698 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
3699 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
3700 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
3701 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
3702 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
3703 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
3704 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
3705 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
3706 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
3707 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
3708 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
3709 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
3710 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3711 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
3712 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
3713 Problem noted by several people.
3714 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
3715 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
3716 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
3717 by several people.
3718 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
3719 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
3720 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
3721 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
3722 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
3723 of Best Internet Communications.
3724 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
3725 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
3726 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
3727 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
3728 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
3729 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
3730 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
3731 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
3732 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
3733 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
3734 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
3735 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
3736 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3737 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
3738 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
3739 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
3740 by Roy Mongiovi.
3741 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
3742 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3743 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
3744 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
3745 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
3746 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
3747 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
3748 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
3749 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
3750 of Kyoto University.
3751 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
3752 conditions from Don Lewis.
3753 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
3754 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
3755 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
3756 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
3757 patch from Bryan Costales.
3758 PORTABILITY FIXES:
3759 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
3760 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
3761 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
3762 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
3763 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
3764 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
3765 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
3766 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
3767 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
3768 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
3769 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
3770 of Tokyo.
3771 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
3772 Services, Inc.
3773 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
3774 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
3775 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
3776 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
3777 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
3778 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
3779 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
3780 than one long one. By popular demand.
3781 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
3782 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
3783 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
3784 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
3785 of NTT Software Corporation.
3786 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
3787 NEW FILES:
3788 contrib/etrn.pl
3789
37908.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
3791 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
3792 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
3793 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
3794 best-of-security list.
3795 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
3796 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
3797 should make it clearer to people that they are running
3798 the wrong binary.
3799 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
3800 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
3801 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
3802 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
3803 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
3804 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
3805 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
3806 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
3807 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3808 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
3809 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
3810 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
3811 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
3812 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
3813 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
3814 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
3815 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
3816 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
3817 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
3818 Eric Wassenaar.
3819 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
3820 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
3821 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
3822 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
3823 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
3824 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
3825 UUNET.
3826 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
3827 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
3828 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
3829 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
3830 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
3831 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
3832 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
3833 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
3834 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
3835 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
3836 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3837 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
3838 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
3839 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
3840 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
3841 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
3842 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
3843 University of Linkoping.
3844 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
3845 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
3846 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
3847 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
3848 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
3849 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
3850 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
3851 other end.
3852 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
3853 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
3854 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
3855 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
3856 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
3857 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
3858 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3859 PORTABILITY FIXES:
3860 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
3861 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
3862 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
3863 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
3864 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
3865 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
3866 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
3867 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
3868 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
3869 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
3870 The outline of the implementation was contributed
3871 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
3872 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
3873 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
3874 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
3875 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
3876 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
3877 Earickson of Colby College.
3878 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
3879 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
3880 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
3881 Kari Hurtta.
3882 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
3883 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
3884 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
3885 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
3886 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
3887 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
3888 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
3889 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
3890 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
3891 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
3892 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
3893 University of Washington, Seattle.
3894 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
3895 Polytechnic Institute.
3896 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
3897 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
3898 NEW FILES:
3899 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
3900 cf/ostype/aix4.m4
3901 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
3902
39038.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
3904 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
3905 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
3906 PORTABILITY FIXES:
3907 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
3908 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
3909 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
3910 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
3911 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
3912 CONFIG: no changes.
3913
39148.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
3915 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
3916 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
3917 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
3918 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
3919 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
3920 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
3921 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
3922 of WPI.
3923 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
3924 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
3925 Kyoto University.
3926 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
3927 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
3928 on illegal host names.
3929 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
3930 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
3931 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
3932 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
3933 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
3934 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
3935 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
3936 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
3937 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
3938 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
3939 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
3940 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
3941 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
3942 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
3943 University of Leicester.
3944 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
3945 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
3946 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
3947 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
3948 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
3949 University of Washington.
3950 PORTABILITY FIXES:
3951 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
3952 people pointed this out.
3953 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
3954 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
3955 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
3956 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
3957 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
3958 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
3959 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
3960 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
3961 Softec.
3962 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
3963 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3964 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
3965 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
3966
39678.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
3968 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
3969 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
3970 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
3971 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
3972 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
3973 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
3974 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
3975 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
3976 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
3977 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
3978 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
3979 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
3980 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
3981 NSC (Japan).
3982 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
3983 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
3984 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3985 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
3986 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
3987 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
3988 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
3989 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
3990 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
3991 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
3992 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
3993 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
3994 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
3995 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
3996 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
3997 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
3998 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
3999 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
4000 printout.
4001 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
4002 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
4003 square braces.
4004 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
4005 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
4006 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
4007 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
4008 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
4009 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
4010 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4011 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
4012 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
4013 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
4014 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
4015 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
4016 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
4017 Dandelion Digital.
4018 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
4019 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
4020 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
4021 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
4022 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
4023 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
4024 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
4025 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
4026 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
4027 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
4028 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
4029 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
4030 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
4031 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
4032 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
4033 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
4034 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
4035 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
4036 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
4037 mailers.
4038 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
4039 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
4040 Myers of CMU.
4041 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
4042 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
4043 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
4044 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
4045 there should be no security implications. Implementation
4046 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
4047 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
4048 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
4049 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
4050 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
4051 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
4052 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
4053 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
4054 parameter.
4055 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
4056 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
4057 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
4058 University of Maryland.
4059 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
4060 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
4061 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
4062 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
4063 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
4064 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
4065 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
4066 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
4067 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
4068 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
4069 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
4070 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
4071 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
4072 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
4073 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
4074 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
4075 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
4076 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
4077 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
4078 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
4079 section 5.2.5.
4080 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
4081 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
4082 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
4083 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
4084 is for incoming connections only.
4085 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
4086 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
4087 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
4088 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
4089 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
4090 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
4091 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
4092 (e.g., due to connection caching).
4093 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
4094 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
4095 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
4096 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
4097 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
4098 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
4099 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
4100 that take a very long time to run.
4101 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
4102 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
4103 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
4104 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
4105 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
4106 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4107 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
4108 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
4109 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4110 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
4111 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
4112 Costales.
4113 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
4114 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
4115 Technologies, Inc.
4116 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
4117 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
4118 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
4119 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
4120 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
4121 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
4122 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
4123 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
4124 different for this case.
4125 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
4126 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
4127 of Stanford University.
4128 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
4129 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
4130 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
4131 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4132 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
4133 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
4134 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
4135 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
4136 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
4137 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4138 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
4139 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
4140 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
4141 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
4142 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
4143 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
4144 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
4145 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
4146 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
4147 Pasteur Institute.
4148 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
4149 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
4150 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
4151 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
4152 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
4153 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
4154 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
4155 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
4156 canonification.
4157 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
4158 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
4159 mailers.
4160 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
4161 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
4162 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
4163 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
4164 either of these in their configuration file.
4165 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
4166 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
4167 St. Peter's College.
4168 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
4169 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
4170 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
4171 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
4172 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
4173 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4174 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
4175 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
4176 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
4177 Costales.
4178 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
4179 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
4180 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
4181 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
4182 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
4183 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
4184 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
4185 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
4186 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
4187 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
4188 in rulesets.
4189 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
4190 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
4191 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
4192 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
4193 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
4194 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
4195 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
4196 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
4197 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
4198 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
4199 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
4200 on that basis.
4201 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
4202 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
4203 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
4204 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
4205 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
4206 Vixie.
4207 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
4208 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
4209 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
4210 See also the src/READ_ME file.
4211 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
4212 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
4213 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
4214 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
4215 two characters $, +.
4216 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
4217 debug_dumpstate.
4218 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
4219 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
4220 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
4221 valid recipients.
4222 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
4223 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
4224 noted by Tom May.
4225 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
4226 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
4227 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
4228 Beck of InReference, Inc.
4229 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
4230 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
4231 Computing Corporation.
4232 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
4233 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
4234 Internet Communications.
4235 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
4236 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
4237 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
4238 of Lysator.
4239 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
4240 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
4241 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
4242 of the University of Iceland.
4243 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
4244 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
4245 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
4246 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
4247 this change is a no-op.
4248 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
4249 Costales.
4250 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
4251 Bryan Costales.
4252 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
4253 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
4254 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
4255 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4256 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
4257 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4258 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
4259 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
4260 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
4261 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4262 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
4263 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
4264 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
4265 Jones of UUNET.
4266 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
4267 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
4268 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4269 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
4270 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
4271 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
4272 easily determine what messages are to their role as
4273 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
4274 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
4275 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
4276 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
4277 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
4278 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
4279 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
4280 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
4281 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
4282 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
4283 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
4284 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
4285 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
4286 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
4287 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
4288 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
4289 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
4290 of Stanford University.
4291 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
4292 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
4293 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
4294 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
4295 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
4296 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
4297 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
4298 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
4299 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
4300 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
4301 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
4302 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
4303 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
4304 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
4305 Motonori Nakamura.
4306 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
4307 you are not running set-user-id; this makes management of
4308 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
4309 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
4310 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
4311 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
4312 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
4313 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
4314 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
4315 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
4316 value is ".hoststat".
4317 There are also two new operation modes:
4318 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
4319 connections.
4320 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
4321 recent status information.
4322 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
4323 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
4324 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
4325 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
4326 framework is gratefully appreciated.
4327 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
4328 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
4329 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
4330 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
4331 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
4332 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
4333 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
4334 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
4335 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
4336 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
4337 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
4338 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
4339 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
4340 Costales.
4341 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
4342 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
4343 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
4344 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
4345 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
4346 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
4347 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
4348 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
4349 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
4350 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
4351 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
4352 Webmasters.
4353 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
4354 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
4355 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
4356 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
4357 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
4358 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
4359 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
4360 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
4361 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
4362 of Washington, Seattle.
4363 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
4364 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
4365 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
4366 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
4367 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
4368 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
4369 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
4370 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
4371 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
4372 Nakamura.
4373 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
4374 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
4375 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
4376 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
4377 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
4378 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
4379 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
4380 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
4381 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
4382 well constrained.
4383 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
4384 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
4385 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
4386 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
4387 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
4388 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
4389 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
4390 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
4391 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
4392 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
4393 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
4394 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
4395 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
4396 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
4397 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
4398 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
4399 Wolfhugel.
4400 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
4401 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
4402 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
4403 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
4404 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
4405 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
4406 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4407 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
4408 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
4409 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
4410 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
4411 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
4412 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
4413 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
4414 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
4415 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
4416 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
4417 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
4418 National University of Singapore.
4419 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
4420 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
4421 system can't cope with.
4422 PORTABILITY FIXES:
4423 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
4424 Atlas International.
4425 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
4426 <bicknell@ufp.org>.
4427 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
4428 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
4429 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
4430 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
4431 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
4432 Bernstein and Associates.
4433 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
4434 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
4435 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
4436 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
4437 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
4438 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
4439 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
4440 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
4441 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
4442 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4443 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
4444 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
4445 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
4446 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4447 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
4448 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4449 Institute.
4450 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
4451 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
4452 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
4453 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
4454 Employment Standards Administration.
4455 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
4456 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
4457 Jr.
4458 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
4459 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
4460 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
4461 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
4462 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
4463 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
4464 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
4465 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
4466 of the University of Arizona.
4467 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
4468 Vanderbilt University.
4469 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
4470 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
4471 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
4472 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4473 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
4474 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
4475 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
4476 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
4477 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
4478 Foundation.
4479 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
4480 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
4481 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
4482 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
4483 Myers of CMU.
4484 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
4485 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
4486 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
4487 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
4488 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
4489 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
4490 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
4491 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
4492 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
4493 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
4494 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
4495 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
4496 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
4497 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
4498 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
4499 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
4500 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
4501 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4502 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
4503 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
4504 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
4505 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
4506 info@foo.com foo-info
4507 info@bar.com bar-info
4508 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
4509 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
4510 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
4511 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
4512 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
4513 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
4514 a great many people.
4515 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
4516 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
4517 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
4518 "fax" mailer.
4519 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
4520 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
4521 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
4522 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
4523 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
4524 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
4525 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
4526 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
4527 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
4528 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
4529 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
4530 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
4531 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
4532 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
4533 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
4534 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
4535 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
4536 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
4537 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
4538 of WPI.
4539 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
4540 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
4541 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
4542 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
4543 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
4544 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
4545 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
4546 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
4547 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
4548 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
4549 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
4550 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
4551 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
4552 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
4553 by Andreas Luik.
4554 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
4555 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
4556 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4557 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
4558 Wolfhugel.
4559 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
4560 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
4561 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
4562 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
4563 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
4564 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
4565 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
4566 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
4567 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
4568 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
4569 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
4570 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
4571 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
4572 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
4573 Costales.
4574 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
4575 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
4576 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
4577 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
4578 NEW FILES:
4579 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
4580 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
4581 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
4582 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
4583 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
4584 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
4585 mailstats/mailstats.8
4586 praliases/praliases.8
4587 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
4588 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
4589 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
4590 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
4591 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
4592 cf/ostype/aix2.m4
4593 cf/ostype/altos.m4
4594 cf/ostype/maxion.m4
4595 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
4596 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
4597 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
4598 DELETED FILES:
4599 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
4600 contrib/xla/README
4601 contrib/xla/xla.c
4602 RENAMED FILES:
4603 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
4604 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
4605 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
4606 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
4607 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
4608
46098.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
4610 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
4611 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
4612 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
4613 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
4614 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
4615 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
4616 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
4617 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
4618
46198.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
4620 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
4621 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
4622 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
4623 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
4624 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
4625 and others.
4626
46278.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
4628 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
4629 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
4630 any user (except root).
4631 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
4632 version number is unchanged.
4633
46348.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
4635 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
4636 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
4637 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4638 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
4639 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
4640 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
4641 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
4642 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
4643 Costales.
4644 PORTABILITY FIXES:
4645 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
4646 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
4647 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
4648 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
4649 Stanford University.
4650 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
4651 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
4652
46538.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
4654 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
4655 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
4656 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
4657 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
4658 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
4659 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
4660 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
4661 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
4662 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
4663 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
4664 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
4665 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
4666 by Kari Hurtta.
4667 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
4668 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
4669 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
4670 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
4671 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
4672 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
4673 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
4674 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
4675 bounces when it should have requeued.
4676 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
4677 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-id bar stopped
4678 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
4679 John Hawkinson of Panix.
4680 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
4681 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
4682 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
4683 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
4684 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
4685 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
4686 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
4687 Infobiogen.
4688 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
4689 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
4690 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
4691 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
4692 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
4693 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
4694 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
4695 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
4696 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
4697 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
4698 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
4699 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
4700 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
4701 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
4702 underscores.
4703 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
4704 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
4705 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
4706 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
4707 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
4708 included even if the user did not request success notification,
4709 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
4710 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
4711 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
4712 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
4713 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
4714 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
4715 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
4716 Costales of ICSI.
4717 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
4718 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
4719 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
4720 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
4721 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
4722 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
4723 Technological University.
4724 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
4725 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
4726 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
4727 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4728 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
4729 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
4730 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
4731 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
4732 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
4733 to have the database format of the alias files without the
4734 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
4735 Inc.
4736 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
4737 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
4738 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
4739 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
4740 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
4741 University.
4742 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
4743 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
4744 Association for Progressive Communications.
4745 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
4746 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
4747 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
4748 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
4749 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
4750 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
4751 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
4752 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
4753 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
4754 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
4755 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
4756 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
4757 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
4758 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
4759 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
4760 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
4761 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
4762 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
4763 PORTABILITY FIXES:
4764 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
4765 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
4766 James B. Davis of TCI.
4767 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
4768 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4769 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
4770 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
4771 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
4772 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
4773 isn't supported on all compilers.
4774 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
4775 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
4776 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
4777 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
4778 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
4779 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
4780 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
4781 (France).
4782 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
4783 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
4784 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
4785 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
4786 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
4787 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
4788 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
4789 for different files.
4790 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
4791 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
4792 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4793 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
4794 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
4795 changes).
4796
47978.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
4798 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
4799 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
4800 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
4801 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
4802 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
4803 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
4804 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
4805 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
4806 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
4807 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
4808 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
4809 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
4810 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
4811 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
4812 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
4813 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
4814 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
4815 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
4816 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
4817 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
4818 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
4819 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
4820 results. This could have security implications.
4821 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
4822 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
4823 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
4824 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
4825 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
4826 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
4827 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
4828 Elz.
4829 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
4830 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
4831 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
4832 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
4833 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
4834 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
4835 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
4836 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
4837 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
4838 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
4839 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
4840 domain names are your friends.
4841 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
4842 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
4843 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
4844 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
4845 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
4846 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
4847 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
4848 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
4849 of TerraNet.
4850 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
4851 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
4852 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
4853 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
4854 of WPI.
4855 PORTABILITY FIXES:
4856 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
4857 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
4858 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
4859 file and SGI standards. From Andre
4860 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
4861 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
4862 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
4863 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
4864 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
4865 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
4866 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
4867 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
4868 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
4869 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4870 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
4871 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
4872 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4873 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
4874 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
4875 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
4876 Infobiogen (France).
4877 NEW FILES:
4878 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
4879 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
4880 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
4881
48828.7/8.7 1995/09/16
4883 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
4884 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
4885 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
4886 Global Communications.
4887 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
4888 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
4889 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
4890 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
4891 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
4892 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
4893 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4894 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
4895 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
4896 can be confusing.
4897 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
4898 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
4899 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
4900 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
4901 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
4902 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
4903 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
4904 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
4905 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
4906 Maryland.
4907 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
4908 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
4909 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
4910 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
4911 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4912 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
4913 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
4914 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
4915 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
4916 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
4917 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
4918 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
4919 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
4920 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
4921 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
4922 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4923 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
4924 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
4925 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
4926 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
4927 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
4928 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
4929 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
4930 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
4931 Swarthmore University.
4932 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
4933 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
4934 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
4935 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
4936 ruleset.
4937 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
4938 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
4939 -d debug flag.
4940 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
4941 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
4942 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
4943 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
4944 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
4945 and the parsed address.
4946 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
4947 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
4948 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
4949 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
4950 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
4951 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
4952 recipients.
4953 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
4954 return the result.
4955 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
4956 `mapname' and return the result.
4957 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
4958 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
4959 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
4960 the header for envelope sender information and uses
4961 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
4962 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
4963 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
4964 that functionality.
4965 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
4966 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
4967 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
4968 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
4969 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
4970 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
4971 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
4972 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
4973 of Michigan Technological University.
4974 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
4975 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
4976 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
4977 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
4978 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
4979 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
4980 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
4981 or not.
4982 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
4983 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
4984 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
4985 the error message. It was especially weird because it
4986 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
4987 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
4988 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
4989 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
4990 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
4991 should have minimal impact on external function.
4992 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
4993 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
4994 O MatchGECOS=TRUE
4995 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
4996 7 SevenBitInput
4997 8 EightBitMode
4998 A AliasFile
4999 a AliasWait
5000 B BlankSub
5001 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
5002 C CheckpointInterval
5003 c HoldExpensive
5004 D AutoRebuildAliases
5005 d DeliveryMode
5006 E ErrorHeader
5007 e ErrorMode
5008 f SaveFromLine
5009 F TempFileMode
5010 G MatchGECOS
5011 H HelpFile
5012 h MaxHopCount
5013 i IgnoreDots
5014 I ResolverOptions
5015 J ForwardPath
5016 j SendMimeErrors
5017 k ConnectionCacheSize
5018 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
5019 L LogLevel
5020 l UseErrorsTo
5021 m MeToo
5022 n CheckAliases
5023 O DaemonPortOptions
5024 o OldStyleHeaders
5025 P PostmasterCopy
5026 p PrivacyOptions
5027 Q QueueDirectory
5028 q QueueFactor
5029 R DontPruneRoutes
5030 r, T Timeout
5031 S StatusFile
5032 s SuperSafe
5033 t TimeZoneSpec
5034 u DefaultUser
5035 U UserDatabaseSpec
5036 V FallbackMXHost
5037 v Verbose
5038 w TryNullMXList
5039 x QueueLA
5040 X RefuseLA
5041 Y ForkEachJob
5042 y RecipientFactor
5043 z ClassFactor
5044 Z RetryFactor
5045 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
5046 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
5047 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
5048 $l UnixFromLine
5049 $o OperatorChars
5050 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
5051 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
5052 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
5053 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
5054 specify "V6" in the configuration.
5055 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
5056 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
5057 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
5058 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
5059 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
5060 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
5061 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
5062 This requires config file support to get right. It does
5063 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
5064 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
5065 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
5066 A Addresses are aliasable.
5067 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
5068 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
5069 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
5070 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
5071 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
5072 recipient mailer flags.
5073 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
5074 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
5075 delivery.
5076 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
5077 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
5078 : Check for :include: on this address.
5079 | Check for |program on this address.
5080 / Check for /file on this address.
5081 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
5082 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
5083 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
5084 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
5085 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
5086 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
5087 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
5088 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
5089 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
5090 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
5091 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
5092 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
5093 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
5094 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
5095 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
5096 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
5097 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
5098 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
5099 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
5100 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
5101 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
5102 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
5103 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
5104 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
5105 (essentially, the full MIME option).
5106 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
5107 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
5108 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
5109 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
5110 flag is ignored.
5111 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
5112 the setting of F=8.
5113 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
5114 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
5115 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
5116 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
5117 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
5118 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
5119 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
5120 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
5121 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
5122 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
5123 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
5124 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
5125 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
5126 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
5127 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
5128 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
5129 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
5130 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
5131 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
5132 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
5133 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
5134 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
5135 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
5136 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
5137 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
5138 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
5139 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
5140 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
5141 Unicom.
5142 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
5143 fashion as the U= mailer option.
5144 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
5145 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
5146 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
5147 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
5148 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
5149 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
5150 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
5151 from Chip Rosenthal.
5152 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
5153 For example,
5154 O Timeout.helo = 2m
5155 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
5156 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
5157 set them both the preferred new syntax is
5158 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
5159 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
5160 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
5161 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
5162 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
5163 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
5164 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
5165 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
5166 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
5167 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
5168 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
5169 contribution was to make it configurable).
5170 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
5171 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
5172 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
5173 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
5174 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
5175 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
5176 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
5177 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
5178 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
5179 I/O redirection.
5180 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
5181 can be confusing.
5182 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
5183 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
5184 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
5185 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
5186 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
5187 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
5188 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
5189 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
5190 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
5191 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
5192 queue-only.
5193 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
5194 :include: and .forward files.
5195 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
5196 key field name, the value field name, and the field
5197 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
5198 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
5199 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
5200 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
5201 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5202 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
5203 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
5204 Sun Microsystems.
5205 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
5206 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
5207 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
5208 Hutton of Indiana University.
5209 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
5210 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
5211 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
5212 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
5213 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
5214 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5215 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
5216 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
5217 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
5218 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
5219 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
5220 as comments.
5221 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
5222 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
5223 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
5224 are from sysexits.h.
5225 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
5226 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
5227 Kmap1 ...
5228 Kmap2 ...
5229 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
5230 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
5231 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
5232 map2 is searched and the value returned.
5233 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
5234 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
5235 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
5236 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
5237 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
5238 For example, if the declaration of the map is
5239 Ksample switch hosts
5240 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
5241 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
5242 equivalent to
5243 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
5244 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
5245 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
5246 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
5247 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
5248 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
5249 the -m (matchonly) flag.
5250 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
5251 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
5252 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
5253 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
5254 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
5255 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
5256 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
5257 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
5258 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
5259 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
5260 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
5261 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
5262 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
5263 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
5264 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
5265 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
5266 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
5267 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
5268 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
5269 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
5270 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
5271 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
5272 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
5273 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
5274 an /etc/hosts entry reads
5275 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
5276 this change will use the second name as the canonical
5277 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
5278 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
5279 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
5280 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
5281 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
5282 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
5283 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
5284 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
5285 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
5286 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
5287 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
5288 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
5289 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
5290 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
5291 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
5292 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
5293 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
5294 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
5295 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
5296 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
5297 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
5298 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
5299 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
5300 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
5301 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
5302 much longer than the specified timeout.
5303 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
5304 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
5305 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
5306 denial-of-service attack.
5307 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
5308 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
5309 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
5310 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
5311 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
5312 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
5313 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
5314 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
5315 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
5316 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
5317 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
5318 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
5319 actually file lookups.
5320 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
5321 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
5322 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
5323 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
5324 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
5325 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
5326 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
5327 support for them has been removed.
5328 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
5329 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
5330 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
5331 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
5332 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
5333 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
5334 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
5335 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
5336 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
5337 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5338 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
5339 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
5340 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
5341 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
5342 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
5343 also improves the connection cache utilization.
5344 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
5345 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
5346 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
5347 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
5348 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
5349 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
5350 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
5351 all the time (without having the set-user-id bit set). Change
5352 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
5353 Microsystems.
5354 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
5355 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
5356 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
5357 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
5358 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
5359 option can give the network software time to establish
5360 the link. The default units are seconds.
5361 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
5362 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
5363 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
5364 Defense Information Systems Agency.
5365 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
5366 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
5367 the National Computer Security Center.
5368 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
5369 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
5370 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
5371 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
5372 the mailprio scripts (see below).
5373 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
5374 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
5375 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
5376 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
5377 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
5378 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
5379 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
5380 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
5381 University Computing Service.
5382 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
5383 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
5384 the University of Kentucky.
5385 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
5386 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
5387 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
5388 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
5389 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
5390 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
5391 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
5392 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
5393 Corporation.
5394 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
5395 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
5396 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
5397 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
5398 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
5399 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
5400 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
5401 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
5402 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
5403 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
5404 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
5405 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
5406 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
5407 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
5408 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
5409 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
5410 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
5411 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
5412 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
5413 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
5414 Communications.
5415 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
5416 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
5417 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
5418 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
5419 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
5420 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
5421 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
5422 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
5423 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
5424 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
5425 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
5426 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5427 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
5428 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
5429 on values:
5430 None Leave the message as is. The
5431 message will be passed on even
5432 though it is in technically
5433 illegal syntax.
5434 Add-To Add a To: header with any
5435 recipients that it can find from
5436 the envelope. This risks exposing
5437 Bcc: recipients.
5438 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
5439 has almost no redeeming social value,
5440 and is provided only for back
5441 compatibility.
5442 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
5443 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
5444 which will have the effect of
5445 making the message legal without
5446 exposing Bcc: recipients.
5447 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
5448 There is a chance that mailers down
5449 the line will delete this header,
5450 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
5451 recipients.
5452 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
5453 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
5454 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
5455 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
5456 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
5457 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
5458 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
5459 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
5460 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
5461 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
5462 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
5463 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
5464 For example, if you run with
5465 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
5466 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
5467 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
5468 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
5469 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
5470 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
5471 entries. For example, given the aliases:
5472 list: member1
5473 list: member2
5474 and an alias file declared as:
5475 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
5476 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
5477 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
5478 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5479 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
5480 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
5481 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
5482 Johannesen.
5483 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
5484 to be simpler and more consistent.
5485 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
5486 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
5487 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
5488 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5489 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
5490 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
5491 This may affect some people who have written their own
5492 checkcompat() routine.
5493 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
5494 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
5495 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
5496 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
5497 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
5498 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
5499 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
5500 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
5501 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
5502 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
5503 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
5504 Corporation.
5505 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
5506 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
5507 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
5508 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
5509 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
5510 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
5511 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
5512 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
5513 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
5514 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
5515 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
5516 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
5517 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
5518 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5519 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
5520 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
5521 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
5522 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
5523 the header.
5524 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5525 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
5526 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
5527 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
5528 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
5529 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
5530 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
5531 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
5532 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
5533 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
5534 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
5535 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
5536 is added between the first and second word of the first
5537 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
5538 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
5539 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
5540 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
5541 old sendmails understand.
5542 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
5543 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
5544 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
5545 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
5546 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
5547 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
5548 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
5549 data -- for example,
5550 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
5551 (romanized/less information)
5552 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
5553 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
5554 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
5555 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
5556 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
5557 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
5558 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
5559 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
5560 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
5561 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
5562 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
5563 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
5564 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
5565 Eric Prestemon of American University.
5566 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
5567 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
5568 increment on the background value).
5569 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
5570 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
5571 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
5572 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
5573 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
5574 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
5575 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
5576 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
5577 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
5578 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
5579 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
5580 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
5581 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
5582 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
5583 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
5584 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
5585 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
5586 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
5587 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
5588 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
5589 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
5590 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
5591 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
5592 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
5593 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
5594 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
5595 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
5596 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
5597 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
5598 service type is "files".
5599 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
5600 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
5601 into class "c".
5602 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
5603 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
5604 contributed by SunSoft.
5605 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
5606 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
5607 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
5608 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
5609 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
5610 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
5611 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
5612 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
5613 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
5614 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
5615 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
5616 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
5617 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
5618 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5619 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
5620 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
5621 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
5622 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
5623 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
5624 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
5625 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5626 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
5627 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
5628 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
5629 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
5630 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5631 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
5632 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
5633 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
5634 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
5635 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
5636 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
5637 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
5638 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
5639 flags.
5640 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
5641 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
5642 Motonori Nakamura.
5643 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
5644 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
5645 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
5646 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
5647 of MIT.
5648 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
5649 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
5650 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
5651 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
5652 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
5653 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
5654 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
5655 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
5656 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
5657 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
5658 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
5659 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
5660 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
5661 the make.
5662 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
5663 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
5664 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
5665 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
5666 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
5667 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
5668 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
5669 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
5670 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
5671 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
5672 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
5673 of Sun Microsystems.
5674 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
5675 is at least 50% faster.
5676 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
5677 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
5678 University.
5679 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
5680 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
5681 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
5682 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
5683 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
5684 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
5685 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
5686 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
5687 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
5688 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
5689 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
5690 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
5691 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
5692 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
5693 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
5694 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
5695 Carnegie Mellon.
5696 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
5697 support.
5698 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
5699 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
5700 Global Information Solutions.
5701 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
5702 From Motonori Nakamura.
5703 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
5704 Motonori Nakamura.
5705 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
5706 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
5707 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
5708 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
5709 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
5710 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
5711 James of British Telecom.
5712 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
5713 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
5714 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
5715 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
5716 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
5717 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
5718 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
5719 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
5720 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
5721 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
5722 a bad guy can read your private files.
5723 PORTABILITY FIXES:
5724 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
5725 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
5726 University. This expands the disk size
5727 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
5728 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
5729 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
5730 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
5731 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
5732 Linux Makefile typo.
5733 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
5734 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
5735 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
5736 University, Chico.
5737 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
5738 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
5739 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
5740 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
5741 This requires adaptation of code that really
5742 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
5743 addresses or nameserver fields.''
5744 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
5745 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
5746 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
5747 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
5748 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
5749 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
5750 problems.
5751 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
5752 match all the other configuration files. Fix
5753 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
5754 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
5755 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
5756 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
5757 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
5758 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
5759 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
5760 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
5761 Wemm of DIALix.
5762 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
5763 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
5764 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
5765 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
5766 of Ohio State University.
5767 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
5768 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
5769 University.
5770 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
5771 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
5772 Mainz.
5773 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
5774 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
5775 wrong statfs call).
5776 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
5777 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
5778 University.
5779 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
5780 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
5781 Rochester Medical Center.
5782 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
5783 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
5784 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
5785 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
5786 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
5787 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
5788 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
5789 Division.
5790 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
5791 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
5792 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
5793 Durand of I.M.A.G.
5794 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
5795 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
5796 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
5797 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
5798 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
5799 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
5800 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5801 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
5802 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
5803 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
5804 of Meteo France.
5805 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
5806 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
5807 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
5808 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
5809 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
5810 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
5811 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
5812 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
5813 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
5814 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
5815 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
5816 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
5817 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
5818 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
5819 of Colorado.
5820 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
5821 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
5822 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
5823 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
5824 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
5825 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
5826 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
5827 on the file, but it should be quite small.
5828 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
5829 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
5830 giving the local administrator more control over what
5831 programs can be run from sendmail.
5832 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
5833 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
5834 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
5835 never will.
5836 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
5837 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
5838 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
5839 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
5840 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
5841 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
5842 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
5843 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
5844 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
5845 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
5846 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
5847 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
5848 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
5849 arbitrary directory -- use either:
5850 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
5851 or
5852 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
5853 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
5854 can use:
5855 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
5856 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
5857 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
5858 compatibility.
5859 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
5860 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
5861 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
5862 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
5863 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
5864 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
5865 County.
5866 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
5867 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
5868 just unqualified ones.
5869 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
5870 was never used and didn't work anyway.
5871 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
5872 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
5873 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
5874 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
5875 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
5876 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
5877 centralized hub.
5878 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
5879 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
5880 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
5881 this is expected to be another sendmail.
5882 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
5883 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
5884 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
5885 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
5886 Rosenthal of Unicom.
5887 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
5888 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
5889 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
5890 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
5891 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
5892 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
5893 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
5894 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
5895 but it is a no-op.
5896 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
5897 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
5898 as User Unknown.
5899 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
5900 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
5901 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
5902 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5903 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
5904 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
5905 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
5906 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
5907 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
5908 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
5909 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
5910 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
5911 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
5912 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
5913 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
5914 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
5915 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
5916 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
5917 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
5918 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
5919 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
5920 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
5921 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
5922 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
5923 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
5924 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
5925 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
5926 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
5927 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
5928 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
5929 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
5930 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
5931 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
5932 assumed.
5933 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
5934 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
5935 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
5936 Information Systems Agency.
5937 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
5938 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
5939 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
5940 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
5941 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
5942 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
5943 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
5944 that really can be used in the real world.
5945 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
5946 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
5947 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
5948 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
5949 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
5950 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
5951 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
5952 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
5953 by Scott Hutton.
5954 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
5955 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
5956 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
5957 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
5958 people.
5959 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
5960 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
5961 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
5962 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
5963 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
5964 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
5965 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
5966 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
5967 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
5968 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
5969 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
5970 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
5971 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
5972 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
5973 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
5974 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
5975 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
5976 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
5977 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
5978 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
5979 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
5980 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
5981 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
5982 by Kimmo Suominen.
5983 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
5984 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
5985 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
5986 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
5987 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5988 NEW FILES:
5989 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
5990 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
5991 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
5992 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
5993 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
5994 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
5995 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
5996 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
5997 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
5998 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
5999 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
6000 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
6001 cf/domain/generic.m4
6002 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
6003 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
6004 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
6005 cf/feature/smrsh.m4
6006 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
6007 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
6008 cf/m4/cfhead.m4
6009 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
6010 cf/mailer/mail11.m4
6011 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
6012 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
6013 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
6014 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
6015 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
6016 cf/ostype/irix5.m4
6017 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
6018 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
6019 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
6020 contrib/bsdi.mc
6021 contrib/mailprio
6022 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
6023 mail.local/mail.local.0
6024 makemap/makemap.0
6025 smrsh/README
6026 smrsh/smrsh.0
6027 smrsh/smrsh.8
6028 smrsh/smrsh.c
6029 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
6030 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
6031 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
6032 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
6033 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
6034 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
6035 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
6036 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
6037 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
6038 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
6039 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
6040 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
6041 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
6042 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
6043 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
6044 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
6045 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
6046 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
6047 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
6048 src/aliases.0
6049 src/mailq.0
6050 src/mime.c
6051 src/newaliases.0
6052 src/sendmail.0
6053 test/t_seteuid.c
6054 RENAMED FILES:
6055 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
6056 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
6057 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
6058 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
6059 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
6060 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
6061 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
6062 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
6063 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
6064 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
6065 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
6066 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
6067 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
6068 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
6069 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
6070 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
6071 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
6072 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
6073 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
6074 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
6075 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
6076 OBSOLETED FILES:
6077 cf/cf/cogsci.mc
6078 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
6079 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
6080 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
6081 cf/cf/knecht.mc
6082 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
6083 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
6084 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
6085 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
6086 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
6087 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
6088 contrib/rcpt-streaming
6089 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
6090
60918.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
6092 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6093 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6094 any user (except root).
6095 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6096 version number is unchanged.
6097
60988.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
6099 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
6100 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
6101 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
6102 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
6103 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
6104 each other!).
6105 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
6106 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
6107 than fork().
6108
61098.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
6110 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
6111 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
6112 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
6113 message when attempted from IDENT.
6114 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
6115 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
6116 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
6117 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
6118 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
6119 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
6120 partial lines.
6121 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
6122 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
6123 Rob McMahon.
6124 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
6125 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
6126 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
6127 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
6128 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
6129 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
6130 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
6131 Novell Labs Europe.
6132 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
6133 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
6134 Cal State Chico.
6135 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
6136 *Hobbit*.
6137 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
6138 and Liudvikas Bukys.
6139 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
6140 from Spider Boardman.
6141 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
6142 with the binaries).
6143
61448.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
6145 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
6146 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
6147 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
6148 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
6149 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
6150 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
6151 implications.
6152 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
6153 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
6154 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
6155 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
6156 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
6157 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
6158 University of Texas.
6159 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
6160 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
6161 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
6162 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
6163 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
6164 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
6165 Data General.
6166 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
6167 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
6168 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
6169 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
6170 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
6171 with a lot of arguments).
6172 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
6173 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
6174 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
6175 Michigan.
6176 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
6177 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
6178 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
6179 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
6180 Thibault.
6181 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
6182 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
6183 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
6184 some of the map code.
6185 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
6186 with the binaries).
6187
61888.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
6189 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
6190 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
6191 may have some security implications.
6192 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
6193 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
6194 Hill of the University of Iowa.
6195 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
6196 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
6197 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
6198 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
6199 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
6200 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
6201 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
6202 option.
6203 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
6204 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
6205 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
6206 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
6207 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
6208 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
6209 Rochester.
6210 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
6211 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
6212 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
6213 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
6214 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
6215 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
6216 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
6217 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
6218 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
6219 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
6220 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
6221 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
6222 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
6223 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
6224 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
6225 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
6226 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
6227 messages.
6228 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
6229 message to explain how much space was available and
6230 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
6231 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
6232 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
6233 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
6234 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
6235 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
6236 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
6237 moves things more towards what will probably become a
6238 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
6239 Kapor Enterprises.
6240 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
6241 without recompiling.
6242 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
6243 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
6244 purely cosmetic.
6245 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
6246 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
6247 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
6248 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
6249 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
6250 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
6251 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
6252 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
6253 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
6254 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
6255 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
6256 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
6257 Wolfhugel.
6258 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
6259 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
6260 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
6261 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
6262 refused" response, and that the connection can be
6263 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
6264 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
6265 size around and can never start listening to connections
6266 again. The down side is that someone could start up
6267 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
6268 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
6269 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
6270 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
6271 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
6272 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
6273 implications.
6274 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
6275 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
6276 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
6277 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
6278 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
6279 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
6280 doc directory. This includes some additional
6281 information.
6282 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
6283 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
6284 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
6285 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
6286 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
6287 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
6288 loop the mail, which was bad news.
6289 Portability fixes:
6290 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
6291 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6292 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
6293 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
6294 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
6295 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
6296 Newcastle upon Tyne.
6297 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
6298 Corporation.
6299 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
6300 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
6301 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
6302 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
6303 New Files:
6304 src/Makefile.CLIX
6305 src/Makefile.NCR3000
6306 doc/changes/Makefile
6307 doc/changes/changes.me
6308 doc/changes/changes.ps
6309
63108.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
6311 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
6312 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
6313 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
6314
63158.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
6316 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
6317 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
6318 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
6319 list.
6320
63218.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
6322 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
6323 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
6324 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
6325 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
6326 valid shell.
6327 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
6328 in the connection cache for a long time under some
6329 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
6330 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
6331 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
6332 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
6333 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
6334 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
6335 from a local user to another local user. From
6336 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6337 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
6338 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
6339 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6340 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
6341 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
6342 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
6343 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
6344 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
6345 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
6346 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
6347 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
6348 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
6349 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
6350 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
6351 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
6352 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
6353 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
6354 BSD-like system.
6355 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
6356 protocol entirely.
6357 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
6358 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
6359 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
6360 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
6361 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
6362 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
6363 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
6364 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
6365 files.
6366 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
6367 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
6368 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
6369 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
6370 of CMU.
6371 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
6372 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
6373 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
6374 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
6375 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
6376 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
6377 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
6378 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
6379 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
6380 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
6381 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
6382 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
6383 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
6384 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
6385 security implications. Suggested by several people.
6386 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
6387 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
6388 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
6389 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
6390 Motonori Nakamura.
6391 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
6392 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
6393 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
6394 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
6395 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
6396 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
6397 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
6398 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
6399 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
6400 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
6401 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
6402 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
6403 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
6404 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
6405 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
6406 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
6407 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
6408 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
6409 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
6410 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
6411 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6412 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
6413 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
6414 didn't see the class items being added.
6415 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
6416 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
6417 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
6418 Rutgers.
6419 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
6420 but sets h_errno to a success value.
6421 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
6422 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
6423 address specified in the P option). This fix should
6424 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
6425 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
6426 the problem myself.
6427 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
6428 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
6429 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
6430 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
6431 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
6432 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
6433 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
6434 UUNET.
6435 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
6436 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
6437 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
6438 John Oleynick.
6439 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
6440 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
6441 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
6442 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
6443 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
6444 Nakamura.
6445 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
6446 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
6447 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
6448 University of Washington.
6449 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
6450 don't have an ``=value'' part.
6451 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
6452 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
6453 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
6454 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
6455 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
6456 of Cambridge University.
6457 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
6458 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
6459 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
6460 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
6461 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
6462 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
6463 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
6464 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
6465 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
6466 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
6467 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
6468 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
6469 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
6470 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
6471 a chance.
6472 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
6473 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
6474 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
6475 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
6476 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
6477 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
6478 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
6479 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
6480 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
6481 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
6482 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
6483 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
6484 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
6485 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
6486 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
6487 size for various mailers.
6488 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
6489 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
6490 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
6491 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
6492 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
6493 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
6494 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
6495 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
6496 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
6497 system.
6498 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
6499 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
6500 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
6501 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
6502 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
6503 Michel of Thomson CSF.
6504 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
6505 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
6506 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
6507 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
6508 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
6509 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
6510 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
6511 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
6512 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
6513 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
6514 University of Sydney.
6515 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
6516 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
6517 This is because of the known bug where definition of
6518 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
6519 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
6520 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
6521 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
6522 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
6523 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
6524 Suominen.
6525 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
6526 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
6527 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
6528 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
6529 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
6530 Suominen.
6531 Portability fixes:
6532 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
6533 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6534 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
6535 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
6536 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
6537 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6538 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
6539 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
6540 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
6541 NEW FILES:
6542 src/Makefile.DomainOS
6543 src/Makefile.PTX
6544 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
6545 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
6546 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
6547 src/mailq.1
6548 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
6549 doc/op/Makefile
6550 doc/intro/Makefile
6551 doc/usenix/Makefile
6552
65538.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
6554 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
6555 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
6556 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
6557 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
6558 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
6559 permissions they should not have had (usually group
6560 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
6561 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
6562 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
6563 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
6564 Although this does not respond to a specific known
6565 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
6566 Christian Wettergren.
6567 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
6568 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
6569 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
6570 program by putting that in their .forward file.
6571 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
6572 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
6573 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
6574 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
6575 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
6576 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
6577 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
6578 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
6579 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
6580 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
6581 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
6582 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
6583 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
6584 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
6585 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
6586 connection to create problems on the current job.
6587 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
6588 the wrong place.
6589 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
6590 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
6591 problem that ignored the load average in locally
6592 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
6593 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
6594 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
6595 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
6596 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
6597 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
6598 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
6599 when sending error messages. This resulted in
6600 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
6601 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
6602 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
6603 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
6604 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
6605 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
6606 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
6607 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
6608 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
6609 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
6610 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
6611 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
6612 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
6613 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
6614 EX_UNAVAILABLE.
6615 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
6616 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
6617 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
6618 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
6619 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
6620 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
6621 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
6622 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
6623 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
6624 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
6625 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
6626 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
6627 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
6628 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
6629 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
6630 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
6631 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
6632 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
6633 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
6634 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
6635 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
6636 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
6637 dot convention.
6638 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
6639 of from a clean exit.
6640 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
6641 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
6642 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
6643 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
6644 as the subject of an error message, even though the
6645 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
6646 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
6647 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
6648 Jones of UUNET.
6649 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
6650 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
6651 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
6652 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
6653 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
6654 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
6655 says that they should be ignored.
6656 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
6657 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
6658 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
6659 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
6660 is not reentrant.
6661 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
6662 documented in the Bat Book.
6663 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
6664 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
6665 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
6666 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
6667 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
6668 code during some parts of connection initialization.
6669 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
6670 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
6671 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
6672 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
6673 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6674 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
6675 of Kyoto University.
6676 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
6677 From P{r Emanuelsson.
6678 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
6679 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
6680 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
6681 Bryan Costales.
6682 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
6683 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
6684 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
6685 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
6686 Nakamura.
6687 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
6688 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
6689 illegal addresses appearing there).
6690 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
6691 BB&N.
6692 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
6693 included.
6694 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
6695 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
6696 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
6697 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
6698 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
6699 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
6700 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
6701 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
6702 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
6703 by the other end closing the connection. From
6704 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
6705 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
6706 to include a host name or other useful information.
6707 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
6708 DeMarco.
6709 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
6710 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
6711 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
6712 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
6713 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
6714 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
6715 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
6716 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
6717 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
6718 this properly).
6719 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
6720 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
6721 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
6722 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
6723 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
6724 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
6725 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
6726 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
6727 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
6728 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
6729 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
6730 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
6731 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
6732 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
6733 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
6734 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
6735 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
6736 of the Institute for Global Communications.
6737 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
6738 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
6739 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
6740 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
6741 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
6742 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
6743 Portability fixes for:
6744 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
6745 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
6746 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
6747 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
6748 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
6749 of Stoner Associates.
6750 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
6751 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
6752 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
6753 of Maryland.
6754 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
6755 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
6756 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
6757 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
6758 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
6759 RISC/os.
6760 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
6761 at Chico.
6762 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
6763 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
6764 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
6765 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
6766 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
6767 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
6768 since this is intended only for internal use, the
6769 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
6770 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
6771 addresses when relaying internally.
6772 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
6773 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
6774 provided by Peter Wemm.
6775 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
6776 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
6777 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
6778 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
6779 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
6780 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
6781 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
6782 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
6783 names.
6784 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
6785 rather than letting them get "local configuration
6786 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
6787 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
6788 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
6789 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
6790 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
6791 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
6792 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
6793 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
6794 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
6795 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
6796 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
6797 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
6798 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
6799 of Georgia Tech.
6800 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
6801 Jim Murray of Stratus.
6802 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
6803 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
6804 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
6805 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
6806 the local name prepended.
6807 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
6808 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
6809 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
6810 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
6811 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
6812 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
6813 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
6814 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
6815 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
6816 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
6817 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
6818 :include: files and accounts that have shells
6819 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
6820 cause some .forward files that have worked
6821 before to start failing.
6822 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
6823 NEW FILES:
6824 src/Makefile.DGUX
6825 src/Makefile.Dynix
6826 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
6827 src/Makefile.Mach386
6828 src/Makefile.NetBSD
6829 src/Makefile.RISCos
6830 src/Makefile.SCO
6831 src/Makefile.SVR4
6832 src/Makefile.Titan
6833 cf/mailer/pop.m4
6834 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
6835 cf/ostype/dgux.m4
6836 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
6837 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
6838 makemap/Makefile.dist
6839 praliases/Makefile.dist
6840
68418.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
6842 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
6843 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
6844 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
6845 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
6846 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
6847 class of attack.
6848 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
6849 in a few critical places.
6850 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
6851 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
6852 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
6853 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
6854 and High-Energy Physics.
6855 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
6856 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
6857 Eric Wassenaar.
6858 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
6859 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
6860 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
6861 Wassenaar.
6862 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
6863 really become relevant in the next release, but some
6864 people need it for local patches. From Michael
6865 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
6866 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
6867 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
6868 these can have different values depending on which
6869 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
6870 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
6871 what uid/gid processes ran as.
6872 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
6873 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
6874 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
6875 postmaster" case.
6876 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
6877 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
6878 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
6879 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
6880 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
6881 Christopher Davis.
6882 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
6883 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
6884 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
6885 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6886 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
6887 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
6888
68898.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
6890 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
6891 addresses that get return-receipts.
6892 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
6893 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
6894 and end up sending the message several times.
6895 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
6896 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
6897 four hours".
6898 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
6899 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
6900 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
6901 Cornell University Medical College.
6902 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
6903 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
6904 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
6905 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
6906 Wassenaar.
6907 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
6908 connections fail during message collection. From
6909 Eric Wassenaar.
6910 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
6911 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
6912 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
6913 Stratus.
6914 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
6915 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
6916 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6917 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
6918 by non-root users were not put into
6919 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
6920 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
6921 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
6922 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
6923 could get confused as to whether a database was
6924 open or not.
6925 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
6926 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
6927 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
6928 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
6929 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
6930 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
6931 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
6932 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
6933 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
6934
69358.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
6936 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
6937 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
6938 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
6939 propagated to the queue file.
6940
69418.6/8.6 1993/10/05
6942 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
6943 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
6944 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
6945 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
6946 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
6947 header files but don't have the syscall.
6948 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
6949 if trymx == FALSE.
6950 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
6951 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
6952 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
6953 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
6954 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
6955 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
6956 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
6957 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
6958 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
6959 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
6960 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
6961 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
6962 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
6963 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
6964 Kanbe.
6965 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
6966 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
6967 Wisner of The Well.
6968 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
6969 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
6970 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
6971 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
6972 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
6973 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
6974 files that you should be able to read but have previously
6975 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
6976 read permission.
6977 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
6978 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
6979 MX suppression will still work.
6980 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
6981 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
6982 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
6983 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
6984 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
6985 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
6986 Nakamura.
6987 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
6988 "CX $Z" works.
6989 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
6990 trying to send the original message if the connection
6991 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
6992 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
6993 by John Myers of CMU.
6994 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
6995 term bug.
6996 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
6997 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
6998 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
6999 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
7000 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
7001 queue interval. This is an important fix.
7002 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
7003 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
7004 ruleset testing a bit easier.
7005 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
7006 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
7007 level.
7008 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
7009 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
7010 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
7011 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
7012 address.
7013 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
7014 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
7015 Harvey Mudd College.
7016 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
7017 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
7018 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
7019 their full name information.
7020 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
7021 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
7022 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
7023 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
7024 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
7025 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
7026 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
7027 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
7028 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7029 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
7030 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
7031 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
7032 PC TCP/IP implementations.
7033 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
7034 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
7035 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
7036 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
7037 names.
7038 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
7039 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
7040 helpful.
7041 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
7042 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
7043 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
7044 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7045 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
7046 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
7047 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
7048 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
7049 that claims to be itself works properly.
7050 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
7051 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
7052 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
7053 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
7054 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
7055 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
7056 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7057 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
7058 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
7059 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
7060 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
7061 scratch.
7062 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
7063 true address to still send to the original address
7064 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
7065 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
7066 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
7067 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
7068 more trouble than it was worth.
7069 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
7070 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
7071 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
7072 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
7073 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
7074 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
7075 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
7076 the queue.
7077 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
7078 messages don't come out with stale information.
7079 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
7080 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
7081 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
7082 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
7083 Myers of CMU.
7084 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
7085 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
7086 Corrigan.
7087 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
7088 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
7089 sender address.
7090 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
7091 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
7092 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
7093 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
7094 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
7095 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
7096 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
7097 that does bulk data transfer).
7098 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
7099 Amir Plivatsky.
7100 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
7101 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
7102 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
7103 bogus config files that were not caught.
7104 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
7105 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
7106 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
7107 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
7108 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
7109 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
7110 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
7111 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
7112 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
7113 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
7114 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
7115 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
7116 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
7117 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
7118 opened or if running with no database format defined.
7119 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
7120 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7121 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
7122 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
7123 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
7124 Melbourne.
7125 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
7126 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
7127 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
7128 to match regular entries.
7129 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
7130 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
7131 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
7132 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
7133 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
7134 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
7135 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7136 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
7137 error message so that the "subject" line of return
7138 messages is the best possible.
7139 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
7140 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
7141 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
7142 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
7143 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
7144 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
7145 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
7146 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
7147 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
7148 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
7149 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
7150 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
7151 on the address.
7152 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
7153 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
7154 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
7155 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
7156 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
7157 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
7158 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
7159 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
7160 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
7161 addresses in any detail.
7162 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
7163 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
7164 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
7165 with an address such as "!foo".
7166 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
7167 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
7168 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
7169 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
7170 Bret Marquis.
7171
71728.5/8.5 1993/07/23
7173 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
7174 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
7175 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
7176 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
7177 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
7178 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
7179 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
7180 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
7181 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
7182 Nakamura.
7183 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
7184 are no DNS records matching the name.
7185 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
7186 original message was received ... from localhost".
7187 The correct original host information is now included.
7188 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
7189 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
7190 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
7191 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
7192 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
7193 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
7194 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
7195 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
7196 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
7197 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
7198 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
7199 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
7200 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
7201
72028.4/8.4 1993/07/22
7203 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
7204 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
7205 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
7206 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
7207 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
7208 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
7209 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
7210 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
7211 are really configuration errors. This option is
7212 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
7213 UIUC sendmail.
7214 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
7215 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
7216 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
7217 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
7218 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
7219 by Neil Rickert.
7220 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
7221 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
7222 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
7223 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
7224 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
7225 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
7226 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
7227 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
7228 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
7229 of dickering with error handling (see below).
7230 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
7231 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
7232 humans.
7233 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
7234 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
7235 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
7236 repaired).
7237 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
7238 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
7239 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
7240 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
7241 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
7242 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
7243 connection rather than sending QUIT.
7244 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
7245 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
7246 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
7247 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
7248 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
7249 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
7250 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
7251 core dumps on some machines.
7252 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
7253 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
7254 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
7255 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
7256 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
7257 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
7258 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
7259 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
7260 some true error conditions.
7261 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
7262 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
7263 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
7264 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
7265 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
7266 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
7267 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
7268 by Motonori Nakamura.
7269 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
7270 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
7271 caused error messages to be handled differently during
7272 a queue run than a direct run.
7273 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
7274 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
7275 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
7276 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
7277 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
7278 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
7279 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
7280 restart it.
7281 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
7282 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
7283 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
7284 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
7285 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
7286 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
7287 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
7288 is appropriately functional.
7289 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
7290 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
7291 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
7292 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
7293 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
7294 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
7295 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
7296 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
7297 Technologies.
7298 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
7299 process group id. The original fix was to get around
7300 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
7301 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
7302 different from the process id. I could try to fix
7303 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
7304 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
7305 things.
7306 Portability changes:
7307 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
7308 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
7309 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
7310 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
7311 of Colorado.
7312 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
7313 help other strict ANSI compilers.
7314 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
7315 Corporation.
7316 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
7317 documentation apparently doesn't define
7318 __STDC__ by default).
7319 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7320 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
7321 Motonori Nakamura.
7322 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
7323 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
7324 several people have made a good argument that this
7325 creates more problems than it solves (although this
7326 may prove painful in the short run).
7327 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
7328 format.
7329 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
7330 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
7331 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
7332 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
7333 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
7334 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
7335 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
7336 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
7337 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
7338 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
7339 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
7340 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7341 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
7342 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
7343 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
7344 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
7345 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
7346 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
7347 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
7348 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
7349 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
7350 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
7351 environments. Ugly as sin.
7352
73538.3/8.3 1993/07/13
7354 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
7355 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
7356 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
7357 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
7358 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
7359 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
7360 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
7361 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
7362 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
7363 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
7364 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
7365 "user friendly".
7366 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
7367 16 bytes/sec.
7368 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
7369 compatibility library. This also adds a new
7370 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
7371 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
7372 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
7373 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
7374 for quick test cases.
7375 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
7376 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
7377 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
7378 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
7379 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
7380 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
7381 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
7382 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
7383 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
7384 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
7385 From Michael Corrigan.
7386 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
7387 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
7388 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
7389 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
7390 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
7391 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
7392 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
7393 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
7394 Christophe Wolfhugel.
7395 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
7396
73978.2/8.2 1993/07/11
7398 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
7399 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
7400 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
7401 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
7402 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
7403 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
7404 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
7405 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
7406 from Bill Wisner.
7407 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
7408 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
7409 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
7410 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
7411 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
7412 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
7413 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
7414 match the other flags in that file.
7415 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
7416 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
7417 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
7418 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
7419 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
7420 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
7421 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
7422 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
7423 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
7424 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
7425 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
7426 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
7427 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
7428 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
7429 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
7430 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
7431 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
7432 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
7433 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
7434 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
7435 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
7436 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
7437 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
7438 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
7439 the root and directories leading up to your home);
7440 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
7441 be owned by you.
7442 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
7443 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
7444 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
7445 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
7446 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
7447 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
7448 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
7449 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
7450 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
7451 is separate; this is just intended to work around
7452 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
7453 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
7454 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
7455 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
7456 matching without a null it never tries again with a
7457 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
7458 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
7459 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
7460 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
7461 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
7462 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
7463 it adapts.
7464 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
7465 will insert the appropriate full name information;
7466 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
7467 way.
7468 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
7469 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
7470 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
7471 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
7472 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
7473 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
7474 only happen when there has been another error in the
7475 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
7476 by default in conf.h.
7477 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
7478 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
7479 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
7480 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
7481 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
7482 This output is not intended to be particularly human
7483 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
7484 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
7485 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
7486 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
7487 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
7488 See cf/README for an example.
7489 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
7490 sites that don't use the -d flag.
7491 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
7492 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
7493 has been requested by several people, but can break
7494 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
7495 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
7496 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
7497 broken. Use it sparingly.
7498 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
7499 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
7500 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
7501 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
7502 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
7503 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
7504 Bill Wisner of The Well.
7505 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
7506 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
7507 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
7508
75098.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
7510 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
7511 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
7512 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
7513 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
7514 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
7515 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
7516
75178.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
7518 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
7519 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
7520 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
7521
75228.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
7523 Another mailertable fix....
7524
75258.1/8.1 1993/06/07
7526 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.
|